PACIFIC CAPITAL BANCORP /CA/
10-K, 2000-03-15
STATE COMMERCIAL BANKS
Previous: OLD SECOND BANCORP INC, DEF 14A, 2000-03-15
Next: HOVNANIAN ENTERPRISES INC, 10-Q, 2000-03-15






                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    Form 10-K

                  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
                     OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

      For the fiscal year ended               December 31, 1999
       Commission file number                      0-11113

                             PACIFIC CAPITAL BANCORP
             (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

                   California                      95-3673456
         (State or other jurisdiction of        (I.R.S. Employer
         incorporation or organization)        Identification No.)

           200 E. Carrillo Street, Suite 300
               Santa Barbara, California              93101
       (Address of principal executive offices)    (Zip Code)

                                 (805) 564-6298
              (Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

        Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: NONE

           Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

              Title of Class        Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
        Common Stock, no par value                 Not Listed

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the  preceding 12 months (or for such  shorter  period that the  registrant  was
required  to file  such  reports),  and  (2) has  been  subject  to such  filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes _X_  No___

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation  S-K is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,  to the
best of registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive proxy or information  statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. [ ]

The  aggregate  market value of the voting stock held by  non-affiliates  of the
registrant  as of March 1,  2000,  based on the  sales  prices  reported  to the
registrant on that date of $29.125 per share:

Common Stock - $652,725,501*

*Based on reported beneficial  ownership by all directors and executive officers
and the registrant's  Employee Stock Ownership Plan; however, this determination
does  not  constitute  an  admission  of  affiliate  status  for  any  of  these
stockholders.

As of February 28, 2000,  there were  24,554,294  shares of the issuer's  common
stock outstanding.

DOCUMENTS  INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:  Portions of registrant's  Proxy Statement
for the Annual Meeting of  Shareholders  on April 25, 2000 are  incorporated  by
reference into Parts I, II, and III.
<PAGE>

INDEX                                                                 Page

PART I

        Item 1.   Business

            (a)   General Development of the Business                  3
            (b)   Financial Information about Industry Segments        3
            (c)   Narrative Description of Business                    3
            (d)   Financial Information about Foreign and Domestic
                  Operations and Export Sales                          4

        Item 2.   Properties                                           4

        Item 3.   Legal Proceedings                                    4

        Item 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders  4

PART II

        Item 5.   Market for the Registrant's Common Stock and
                  Related Stockholder Matters                          5

            (a)   Market Information
            (b)   Holders
            (c)   Dividends

        Item 6.   Selected Financial Data                              6

        Item 7.   Management's Discussion and Analysis of
                  Financial Condition and Results of Operations        6

        Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data         39

        Item 9.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants
                  on Accounting and Financial Disclosures             77

PART III

        Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant  78

        Item 11.  Executive Compensation                              78

        Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial
                  Owners and Management                               78

        Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions      78

PART IV

        Item 14.  Exhibits, Financial Statements and Reports
                  on Form 8-K                                         79



Signatures                                                            80



EXHIBIT INDEX                                                         81

<PAGE>


PART I

ITEM 1.     BUSINESS

(a)   General Development of the Business

Operations  commenced  as Santa  Barbara  National  Bank with one  office and 18
employees in 1960. In 1979, the Bank switched to a state charter and changed its
name to Santa Barbara Bank & Trust ("SBB&T").  Santa Barbara Bancorp ("SBB") was
formed in 1982. In 1998, SBB merged with Pacific Capital Bancorp ("PCB"), a bank
holding company that was the parent of First National Bank of Central California
("FNB") and South Valley National Bank ("SVNB").  SBB was the surviving company,
but took the name Pacific Capital Bancorp.  Unless otherwise  stated,  "Company"
refers to this consolidated  entity and to its subsidiary banks when the context
indicates. "Bancorp" refers to the parent company only.

SBB&T has grown to 27  banking  offices  with loan,  trust and  escrow  offices.
Through 1988, banking activities were primarily centered in the southern coastal
region of Santa  Barbara  County.  Two banking  offices were added in the merger
with  Community  Bank of Santa Ynez Valley on March 31,  1989.  Five  offices in
northern  Santa Barbara  County were added with the  acquisition of First Valley
Bank on March 31, 1997, and three offices in the Santa Clara River Valley region
of Ventura  County were added with the  acquisition  of  Citizens  State Bank on
September 30, 1997.  From 1995 through 1998, six banking  offices were opened in
western Ventura County and one in northern Santa Barbara County.

FNB has 10 banking offices in Monterey,  Santa Cruz, Santa Clara, and San Benito
Counties.  The  offices  in the latter two  counties  use the name South  Valley
National Bank,  which was a separate  subsidiary of PCB until it merged with FNB
shortly  before PCB merged  with SBB.  FNB also  provides  trust and  investment
services to its customers.

A third subsidiary,  Pacific Capital Commercial  Mortgage Company ("PCCM"),  was
formed in 1988.  This  subsidiary,  which is now primarily  involved in mortgage
brokering  services and the servicing of brokered  loans,  was formerly known as
Sanbarco Mortgage Company.

There is a fourth  subsidiary,  Pacific Capital Services  Corporation,  which is
inactive.

(b)   Financial Information about Industry Segments

Information  about industry  segments is provided in Note 20 to the consolidated
financial statements.

(c)   Narrative Description of Business

Bancorp  is a bank  holding  company,  which as  described  above,  has two bank
subsidiaries and two non-bank  subsidiaries,  one of which is inactive.  Bancorp
provides  support  services to its  subsidiary  banks.  These include  executive
management,  personnel and benefits, risk management, data processing, strategic
planning, legal, and accounting and treasury.

The banks  offer a full range of  commercial  banking  services  to  households,
professionals,  and small- to  medium-sized  businesses.  These include  various
commercial,  real estate and consumer loan,  leasing and deposit  products.  The
banks offer other  services such as electronic  fund  transfers and safe deposit
boxes to both individuals and businesses. In addition,  services such as lockbox
payment  servicing,  foreign  currency  exchange,  letters of  credit,  and cash
management  are  offered to business  customers.  The banks also offer trust and
investment  services to  individuals  and  businesses.  These include  acting as
trustee  or agent for  living  and  testamentary  trusts,  charitable  remainder
trusts,  employee benefit trusts,  and profit sharing plans, as well as executor
or probate agent for estates.  Investment  management and advisory  services are
also provided.

Competition:  For most of its banking products, the Company faces competition in
its market  area from  branches  of most of the major  California  money  center
banks,  some of the  statewide  savings and loan  associations,  and other local
community  banks and savings and loans.  For some of its  products,  the Company
faces competition from other non-bank  financial service  companies,  especially
securities firms.

Employees:  The Company's  current  workforce is  approximately  1,100 full time
equivalent  employees.  Additional employees would be added if new opportunities
for geographic expansion or other business activities should occur.

 (d)  Financial Information about Foreign and Domestic Operations and Export
      Sales

The Company does not have any foreign business operations or export sales of its
own.  However,  it does provide  financial  services  including wire  transfers,
foreign  currency  exchange,  letters of credit,  and loans to other  businesses
involved in foreign trade.

ITEM 2.     PROPERTIES

The Company maintains its executive and administrative offices in leased
premises at 200 E. Carrillo St., Suite 300, Santa Barbara. Administrative
functions are located in various leased premises in the Santa Barbara area.

Of the 37  branch  banking  offices,  all or a  portion  of 26 are  leased.  The
building used by the Real Estate,  Consumer  Lending and Escrow  departments  is
owned. Commercial office space is leased for Trust and Investment Services

ITEM 3.     LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

There are no material legal proceedings pending.

ITEM 4.     SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

There were no matters  submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth
quarter of the fiscal year covered by this report.

<PAGE>


PART II

ITEM 5.     MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON STOCK AND RELATED
            STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

(a)   Market Information

The Company's common stock is traded on The Nasdaq Stock Market under the symbol
SABB. At December 31, 1999, ten  independent  brokerage firms were registered as
market makers in the Company's  common stock.  The following  table presents the
high and low  closing  sales  prices  of the  Company's  common  stock  for each
quarterly period for the last two years as reported by The Nasdaq Stock Market:

                        1999 Quarters                 1998 Quarters
                  ---------------------------   ---------------------------

                   4th    3rd    2nd    1st      4th    3rd    2nd    1st
                  ------ ------ ------ ------   ------ ------ ------ ------

Range of stock prices:

   High           $34.75 $38.00 $31.94 $26.00   $26.50 $34.38 $34.00 $27.88

   Low            $30.63 $29.63 $20.13 $22.00   $22.50 $22.00 $25.50 $22.13


(b)   Holders

There were  approximately  10,500 holders of stock as of December 31, 1999. This
number includes an estimate of the number of shareholders  whose shares are held
in the name of brokerage firms or other financial  institutions.  The Company is
not  provided  with the  number or  identities  of these  shareholders,  but has
estimated  the  number  of such  shareholders  from the  number  of  shareholder
documents requested by these firms for distribution to their customers.

(c)   Dividends

Dividends are currently  declared four times a year, and the Company  expects to
follow  the same  policy  in the  future.  The  following  table  presents  cash
dividends declared per share for the last two years:

                        1999 Quarters                 1998 Quarters
                  ---------------------------   ---------------------------
                   4th    3rd    2nd    1st      4th    3rd    2nd    1st
                  ------ ------ ------ ------   ------ ------ ------ ------
Cash dividends
    declared      $0.18  $0.18  $0.18  $0.18    $0.18  $0.18  $0.15  $0.15


The dividends  paid to  shareholders  of the Company are funded  primarily  from
dividends  received by Bancorp from the banks.  Reference should be made to Note
17 of the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements on page 67 for a  description  of
restrictions on the ability of the subsidiary banks to pay dividends to Bancorp.
<PAGE>

ITEM 6.     SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following  selected  financial data should be read in  conjunction  with the
Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and the accompanying notes presented
in Item 8.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(amounts in thousands except                     Increase
      per share amounts)                1999     (Decrease)         1998           1997          1996           1995
<S>                                 <C>            <C>          <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS:
   Interest income                    $211,643      $18,004       $193,639       $168,272      $133,536       $120,866
   Interest expense                     67,856         (257)        68,113         60,590        48,368         44,554
   Net interest income                 143,787       18,261        125,526        107,682        85,168         76,312
   Provision for credit losses           6,375       (2,748)         9,123          8,500         4,949         10,451
   Other operating income               41,618        3,397         38,221         30,442        22,102         20,671
   Non-interest expense:
    Staff expense                       51,645        2,367         49,278         43,140        38,016         32,644
    Other operating expense             58,744        1,940         56,804         39,913        31,300         28,677
   Income before income taxes and
    effect of accounting change         68,641       20,099         48,542         46,571        33,005         25,211
   Provision for income taxes           24,367        5,392         18,975         16,288        11,301          8,185
    Net income                         $44,274      $14,707        $29,567        $30,283       $21,704        $17,026

DILUTED PER SHARE DATA: (1)
   Average shares outstanding           24,790          343         24,447         24,188        24,228         24,123
   Net income                            $1.79        $0.58          $1.21          $1.25         $0.90          $0.71
   Cash dividends declared               $0.72        $0.06          $0.66          $0.49         $0.36          $0.28
FINANCIAL CONDITION:
   Total assets                     $2,879,282     $229,864     $2,649,418     $2,357,105    $1,920,759     $1,743,213
   Total deposits                   $2,440,181     $110,505     $2,329,676     $2,087,553    $1,660,265     $1,519,528
   Long-term debt                      $85,000      $42,100        $42,900        $38,000       $38,000             --
   Total shareholders' equity         $234,573      $20,573       $214,000       $190,724      $171,239       $161,550
OPERATING AND CAPITAL RATIOS:
   Average total shareholders'
    equity to average total assets       8.19%       (0.22%)         8.41%          8.64%         9.47%          9.93%
   Rate of return on average:
    Total assets                         1.59%        0.40%          1.19%          1.43%         1.22%          1.08%
    Total shareholders' equity          19.44%        5.25%         14.19%         16.55%        12.91%         10.88%
<FN>
(1)   Earnings per share are presented on a diluted basis.
</FN>
</TABLE>


ITEM 7.     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
            AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Management's  discussion and analysis of the financial  condition and results of
operation begins on the following page.

<PAGE>


                      MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                      OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
                                   OPERATIONS

The following  provides  Management's  comments on the  financial  condition and
results of operations of Pacific Capital  Bancorp  (formerly named Santa Barbara
Bancorp or "SBB") and its subsidiaries.  Unless otherwise stated,  the "Company"
refers to this  consolidated  entity and to its  subsidiaries  when the  context
indicates.  This  discussion  should be read in  conjunction  with the Company's
consolidated  financial  statements and the notes to the consolidated  financial
statements  that are  presented on pages 43 through 76 of this Annual  Report on
Form 10-K.  "Bancorp"  will be used to refer to the parent  company only.  "PCB"
will be used to refer to the former Pacific Capital  Bancorp,  which merged with
SBB at the end of 1998.  SBB assumed  the  Pacific  Capital  Bancorp  name.  The
subsidiary  banks are Santa Barbara Bank & Trust  ("SBB&T")  and First  National
Bank of Central  California  ("FNB").  South Valley National Bank ("SVNB"),  the
holding  company of which merged with PCB in November  1996,  itself merged with
FNB in October 1998 and operates  under the same  national  bank charter as FNB.
Pacific Capital Commercial Mortgage Corporation ("PCCM") formerly named Sanbarco
Mortgage Corporation,  is a non-bank subsidiary of Bancorp primarily involved in
mortgage  brokering and the servicing of brokered loans. The Company also has an
inactive subsidiary,  Pacific Capital Services Corporation. Terms with which the
reader may not be  familiar  are printed in bold and defined the first time they
occur or are defined in a note on pages 37 and 38.

The discussion  provides insight into  Management's  assessment of the operating
trends  over  the  last  several  years  and its  expectations  for  2000.  Such
expressions of expectations are not historical in nature and are forward-looking
statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of
1995. Forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that may
cause actual future  results to differ  materially  from those  expressed in any
forward-looking  statement.  Such risks and  uncertainties  with  respect to the
Company include those related to the economic  environment,  particularly in the
regions in which the Company  operates,  the products and pricing of competitive
financial  institutions,  government regulation,  government monetary and fiscal
policy,  changes in prevailing interest rates,  mergers and acquisitions and the
integration   of  the   merged   or   acquired   businesses,   credit   quality,
asset/liability  management,  and the  availability of sources of liquidity at a
reasonable   cost.  This  discussion  is  intended  to  assist  readers  of  the
accompanying  financial  statements by providing  information  on the strategies
adopted  by the  Company  to  address  these  risks,  and the  results  of these
strategies.  These  elements are addressed as they relate to the major asset and
liability  components of the Company's balance sheets,  and the major income and
expense  categories  of the Company's  statements  of income and to  significant
changes among them.

OVERVIEW OF EARNINGS PERFORMANCE

The  earnings for the Company  were $44.3  million in 1999,  or $1.79 per share.
This  represents a  substantial  increase  over the $29.6  million net income or
$1.21 per share reported for 1998. 1998's reported  earnings were  significantly
impacted by expenses  related to the merger of SBB with PCB.  Exclusive of these
merger  expenses,  the  Company's  net  operating  income was $37.9  million and
diluted  earnings  per share for the year 1998 would have been  $1.55.  1999 net
income  exceeded the 1998 pro forma amount by 16.9% and 1999  earnings per share
exceeded the 1998 pro forma figure by 15.5%. 1998 pro forma net income was 25.1%
higher  than net income  for 1997.  Since  1995,  the  Company's  net income has
increased at an compound average annual rate of 27.0%.

This average annual rate is not artificially inflated by the sudden inclusion of
the operating results of PCB in 1999 due to the merger.  Unlike the acquisitions
of First  Valley  Bank  ("FVB") in Lompoc  and  Citizens  State Bank  ("CSB") in
Ventura County during 1997 (described in Note 19 to the  consolidated  financial
statements),  which were accounted for as purchase transactions, the merger with
PCB was accounted for as a  "pooling-of-interests."  As a result, all amounts in
this discussion and in the consolidated  financial statements have been restated
to reflect the results of operations of PCB as if the merger had occurred  prior
to the earliest period presented.

Among the  reasons for the  substantial  increase  in net income  were:  (1) the
integration of eight new branch offices  through the acquisition of FVB and CSB,
(2) growth in the tax  refund  anticipation  loan  ("RAL")  and refund  transfer
("RT")  programs,  (3) strong  loan  demand  during the last two years,  and (4)
continued  growth in trust and  investment  service fees due to the strong stock
market  performance  and new  customers.  In addition,  during 1999, the Company
began to realize  some of the  expected  cost  savings from the merger with PCB.
However,  these savings were more than offset in this first year by the expenses
incurred to complete the integration of the two computer systems.

Loan balances increased $271 million in 1998 and $399 million in 1999.  Together
with an  expanding  RAL  program,  this growth  resulted in an increase of $25.4
million of additional interest income for 1998 over 1997 and an additional $18.0
million of interest in 1999 compared to 1998.  Noninterest income increased $7.8
million in 1998  compared to 1997 and $3.4 million in 1999  compared to 1998, of
which increases in trust and investment services fees in 1998 and 1999 accounted
for $1.6 million and $1.4 million, respectively.  Increases in RT fees were $1.9
million for 1998 over 1997 and $1.8  million for 1999 over 1998.  The balance of
the year-over-year increases came in a variety of accounts.

The amount of provision  for credit  losses other than those arising from refund
anticipation loans has remained relatively stable at $3.9 million for 1997, $4.2
million for 1998, and $3.6 million in 1999.

There has also been an  increase  in  noninterest  expenses as would be expected
with the  growth in the  Company's  average  assets and the  expansion  into new
market  areas .  These  include  salary  costs,  occupancy,  marketing,  and the
amortization  of goodwill  from  acquisitions.  Exclusive of the  merger-related
expenses  incurred in 1998,  the Company's  operating  efficiency  ratio,  which
measures  how many  cents of  expense  it  takes to earn a dollar  of  operating
income,  decreased from  57.2(cent) in 1997 to 55.2(cent) in 1998, but increased
in 1999 to  57.7(cent).  The increase in 1999 was  primarily  due to  additional
expenses  incurred  to prepare  for the  century  date change and to convert the
financial  records  from the  computer  system  used by PCB to that  used by the
Company.

EXTERNAL FACTORS IMPACTING THE COMPANY

The major external factors  impacting the Company include  economic  conditions,
regulatory  considerations,  and trends in the  banking and  financial  services
industries.

Economic Conditions

From a national perspective, the most significant economic factors impacting the
Company in the last three  years have been the steady  growth in the economy and
the actions of the Federal  Reserve Board ("the Fed") to manage the pace of that
growth.  The Fed raised short-term  interest rates in late 1997 to slow the pace
of economic growth and forestall  inflation.  During late 1998, it lowered rates
to keep economic activity up in the face of recession in many other parts of the
world.  In late 1999,  it again began to raise  interest  rates to slow economic
growth. These changes impact the Company as market rates for loans,  investments
and deposits respond to the Fed's actions.

The local  economies in which the Company  operates have continued to experience
growth similar to the trends occurring  elsewhere in the country.  In the region
served by SBB&T, the business climate in general remains healthy. Tourism, which
has long been important to the  communities in this market area,  remains strong
after  some  decline  in the  first  half of 1998  related  to El Ni-o.  Medical
manufacturing  and other "hi-tech"  businesses  have continued to grow.  Several
large retail and factory outlet complexes have been built in the last few years.
SBB&T expanded its market areas in 1997 with the acquisitions of FVB and CSB and
they now encompass communities more oriented to agricultural  enterprises.  This
has helped to diversify  the bank's  customer  base. In the region served by FNB
and SVNB,  significant  growth has  occurred in South Santa Clara County in both
housing and in new  businesses.  This growth has been a result of the  continued
economic  expansion in the Silicon Valley,  which is adjacent to the market area
served by SVNB. In the Monterey  area,  tourism has remained  strong.  There has
been significant downward price pressure for the agriculture-related  industries
in the market areas of both banks.

Regulatory Considerations

The Company is impacted by changes in the regulatory environment.  Bancorp, as a
bank  holding  company,  SBB&T,  as a member of the  Federal  Reserve  Bank (the
"FRB"),  and PCCM, as a non-bank  subsidiary of a bank holding company,  are all
regulated by the FRB. FNB, as a nationally chartered bank, has the Office of the
Comptroller of the Currency (the "OCC") as its primary regulator,  but must also
comply with FRB regulations. As a state-chartered commercial bank, SBB&T is also
regulated by the California Department of Financial Institutions.

Changes in  regulation  impact the Company in different  ways.  The FRB requires
that all banks maintain cash reserves equal to a percentage of their transaction
deposits.  The FRB may increase or decrease the percentage of deposits that must
be held at the FRB to impact the amount of funds  available to commercial  banks
to lend to their  customers.  This is done as a means of  stimulating or slowing
economic activity.

The  Company  and its  subsidiary  banks are also  impacted  by minimum  capital
requirements.  These rules are discussed below in the section entitled  "Capital
Adequacy." The actions which the various banking  agencies can take with respect
to financial  institutions  which fail to maintain  adequate  capital and comply
with other requirements are discussed below in the section titled "Regulation."

Competition

The  Company  faces  competition  from  other  financial  institutions  and from
businesses in other  industries that have developed  financial  products.  Banks
once had an almost  exclusive  franchise  for deposit  products and provided the
majority of business  financing.  With deregulation in the 1980s, other kinds of
financial  institutions  began  to offer  competing  products.  Also,  increased
competition in consumer financial products has come from companies not typically
associated  with the  banking and  financial  services  industry,  such as AT&T,
General Motors and various software developers. Similar competition is faced for
commercial  financial products from insurance  companies and investment bankers.
Community  banks,  including  the  Company,  are working to offset this trend by
developing  new products  that  capitalize  on the service  quality that a local
institution  can offer.  Among these are new loan and investment  products.  The
latter  are  offered  to the  Company's  retail  customers  through  the Trust &
Investment  Management  Services  Divisions at each bank. The Company's  primary
competitors are different for each specific  product and market area. While this
offers  special  challenges  for  the  marketing  of  our  products,  it  offers
protection from one competitor dominating the Company in its market areas.

RISK MANAGEMENT

The Company sees the process of addressing the potential impacts of the external
factors  listed above as part of its  management  of risk. In addition to common
business risks such as disasters,  theft,  and loss of market share, the Company
is subject to special types of risk due to the nature of its  business.  New and
sophisticated  financial products are continually appearing with different types
of risk which need to be defined and managed.  Also, the risks  associated  with
existing  products must be reassessed  periodically.  The Company cannot operate
risk-free  and make a  profit.  Instead,  the  process  of risk  definition  and
assessment  allows the Company to select the  appropriate  level of risk for the
anticipated  level of reward and then  decide on the steps  necessary  to manage
this  risk.  The  process  of  addressing  these  risks is led by the  Company's
Director of Risk Management and the other members of its Senior  Leadership Team
under the direction and oversight of the Board of Directors.

The special  risks  related to  financial  products are credit risk and interest
rate risk.  Credit risk relates to the possibility  that a debtor will not repay
according  to the terms of the debt  contract.  Credit risk is  discussed in the
sections related to loans.  Interest rate risk relates to the adverse impacts of
changes in interest rates.  The types of interest rate risk will be explained in
the next  section.  The  effective  management  of  these  and the  other  risks
mentioned above is the backbone of the Company's business strategy.

NET INTEREST MARGIN AND CHANGES IN THE RELATIVE PROPORTIONS OF
ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

The Company  earns  income from two sources.  The primary  source is through the
management of its financial assets and liabilities and the second is by charging
fees for  services  provided.  The first  involves  functioning  as a  financial
intermediary,  that is, the Company  accepts  funds from  depositors  or obtains
funds from other  creditors  and then  either  lends the funds to  borrowers  or
invests those funds in securities or other financial instruments.  Fee income is
discussed in other sections of this analysis,  specifically in "Other  Operating
Income" and "Tax Refund Anticipation Loans and Refund Transfers."

Net interest  income is the  difference  between the interest and fees earned on
loans and investments  (the Company's  earning assets) and the interest  expense
paid on deposits and other liabilities. The amount by which interest income will
exceed  interest  expense  depends on two factors:  (1) the volume or balance of
earning assets  compared to the volume or balance of  interest-bearing  deposits
and  liabilities,  and (2) the interest  rate earned on those  interest  earning
assets compared with the interest rate paid on those  interest-bearing  deposits
and liabilities.  The Company's 1999 tax equivalent (Note C) net interest income
of $149.6 million was $18.5 million,  or 14.1%,  greater than the $131.1 million
of net interest  income for 1998. The 1998 amount in turn was $18.4 million,  or
16.3%, greater than the 1997 amount.

Net interest margin is net interest income  expressed as a percentage of average
earning assets. It is used to measure the difference between the average rate of
interest  earned on assets and the average rate of interest that must be paid to
support  those  assets.  To maintain its net interest  margin,  the Company must
manage the relationship between interest earned and paid. The Company's 1999 net
interest  margin  was  5.76%  compared  to 5.65%  and  5.67%  for 1998 and 1997,
respectively.  The decrease from 1997 to 1998 occurred because as interest rates
fell on  earning  assets  during the year due to rate  actions  by the Fed,  the
Company was not able to reduce  deposit  rates  quite as  quickly.  When the Fed
started  to  raise  rates  again  in 1999 due to  concerns  about an  overheated
economy,  the  Company's  variable  rate loans  repriced  along with the rise in
external rates,  but it was not necessary to increase rates on deposit  accounts
as much in order to stay  competitive.  This created a larger spread between the
rates  earned and paid which  resulted in an  increase  in the  margin.  The net
interest  margin is subject to the following  types of risks that are related to
changes in interest rates.

Market Risk Relating to Fixed-Rate Instruments

Market  risk  results  from the  fact  that  the  market  values  of  assets  or
liabilities  on which the interest  rate is fixed will increase or decrease with
changes in market  interest  rates. If the Company invests funds in a fixed-rate
long-term security and then interest rates rise, the security is worth less than
a comparable  security just issued because the older security pays less interest
than the newly  issued  security.  If the older  security  had to be sold before
maturity,  the Company would have to recognize a loss.  Conversely,  if interest
rates decline after a fixed-rate  security is  purchased,  its value  increases,
because  it is  paying  at a higher  rate  than  newly  issued  securities.  The
fixed-rate  liabilities  of  the  Company,  like  certificates  of  deposit  and
borrowings  from the Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB"),  also change in value with
changes in  interest  rates.  As rates drop,  they  become more  valuable to the
depositor and hence more costly to the Company.  As rates rise, they become more
valuable to the Company.  Therefore, while the value changes regardless of which
direction  interest  rates  move,  the  adverse  impacts  of market  risk to the
Company's  fixed-rate  assets  are  due to  rising  interest  rates  and for the
Company's fixed-rate  liabilities they are due to falling rates. In general, for
a given change in interest  rates,  the amount of the change in value up or down
is larger for  instruments  with longer  remaining  maturities.  Therefore,  the
exposure  to market  risk from  assets is  lessened  by  managing  the amount of
fixed-rate assets and by keeping  maturities  relatively short.  However,  these
steps must be balanced  against the need for adequate  interest  income  because
variable  rate and  shorter  term  fixed-rate  securities  generally  earn  less
interest than fixed-rate and longer term securities.

Note 14 to the consolidated  financial statements discloses the carrying amounts
and fair  values of the  Company's  financial  assets and  liabilities,  its net
financial  assets,  as of the end of 1999 and 1998.  There is a relatively small
difference between the carrying amount of the assets and their fair value due to
credit quality  issues.  However,  the primary  difference  between the carrying
amount and the fair value of the  Company's  financial  assets is  essentially a
measure of how much changes in interest  rates have made the assets more or less
valuable to the Company at December  31, 1999 and 1998 than when  acquired.  The
excess of the carrying  amounts of the financial assets over their fair value at
the end of 1999 was $36.7  million  compared  with an excess of fair  value over
carrying amounts of $21.5 million at the end of 1998. Most of this change is due
to increases in market rates in the latter half of 1999.

Because the amount of the Company's fixed-rate liabilities is significantly less
than its fixed-rate  assets,  and because the average maturity of the fixed-rate
liabilities is  substantially  less than for the fixed-rate  assets,  the market
risk  relating  to  liabilities  is not as great as for assets.  The  difference
between the carrying amount and the fair value in the table in Note 14 shows the
impact of changing  rates on the Company's  liabilities  that have  fixed-rates.
They are worth  $21.9  million  less to  customers  or lenders to the Company at
December  31,  1999 than they were when  issued,  because on a weighted  average
basis,  they are paying lower than current market rates.  However,  this is less
than the $36.7  million by which the carrying  amounts of the  Company's  assets
exceed  their fair values  because  the assets also are paying  lower rates than
currently are available for comparable assets.

Mismatch Risk

The second  interest-related risk, mismatch risk, arises from the fact that when
interest rates change, the changes do not occur equally in the rates of interest
earned and paid because of  differences in the  contractual  terms of the assets
and  liabilities  held. A difference in the contractual  terms, a mismatch,  can
cause adverse impacts on net interest income.

The Company has a large portion of its loan portfolio tied to the national prime
rate. If these rates are lowered because of general market conditions, e.g., the
prime rate decreases in response to a rate decrease by the Fed, these loans will
be repriced.  If the Company were at the same time to have a large proportion of
its  deposits in long-term  fixed-rate  certificates,  interest  earned on loans
would decline while interest  expense would remain at higher levels for a period
of time. Therefore net interest income would decrease immediately. A decrease in
net interest  income could also occur with rising  interest rates if the Company
had a large  portfolio of  fixed-rate  loans and  securities  that was funded by
deposit accounts on which the rate is steadily rising.

This exposure to mismatch risk is managed by attempting to match the  maturities
and  repricing  opportunities  of assets  and  liabilities.  This may be done by
varying the terms and  conditions of the products that are offered to depositors
and borrowers.  For example,  if many depositors want shorter-term  certificates
while most borrowers are requesting  longer-term  fixed rate loans,  the Company
will adjust the interest rates on the  certificates and loans to try to match up
demand for similar maturities. The Company can then partially fill in mismatches
by purchasing  securities or borrowing  funds from the FHLB with the appropriate
maturity or repricing characteristics.

Basis Risk

The third  interest-related risk, basis risk, arises from the fact that interest
rates rarely change in a parallel or equal manner. The interest rates associated
with the various  assets and  liabilities  differ in how often they change,  the
extent to which they change,  and whether they change sooner or later than other
interest  rates.  For example,  while the  repricing  of a specific  asset and a
specific  liability may occur at roughly the same time, the interest rate on the
liability  may rise one  percent in response  to rising  market  rates while the
asset  increases  only  one-half  percent.  While the Company would appear to be
evenly  matched  with respect to  maturities,  it would suffer a decrease in net
interest income.  This exposure to basis risk is the type of interest risk least
able to be managed,  but is also the least dramatic.  Avoiding  concentration in
only a few types of assets or  liabilities  is the best means of increasing  the
chance  that the average  interest  received  and paid will move in tandem.  The
wider  diversification  means  that many  different  rates,  each with their own
volatility characteristics, will come into play.

Net Interest Income and Net Economic Value Simulations

To quantify the extent of all of these risks both in its current position and in
transactions it might take in the future,  the Company uses computer modeling to
simulate the impact of different  interest rate scenarios on net interest income
and on net economic  value.  Net economic value or the market value of portfolio
equity is defined as the difference between the market value of financial assets
and liabilities.  These  hypothetical  scenarios include both sudden and gradual
interest  rate  changes,  and  interest  rate changes in both  directions.  This
modeling is the primary means the Company uses for interest rate risk management
decisions.

The hypothetical impacts of sudden interest rate shocks applied to the Company's
asset and liability balances are modeled quarterly. The results of this modeling
indicate how much of the  Company's net interest  income and net economic  value
are "at risk"  (deviation from the base level) from various sudden rate changes.
Although  interest rates  normally would not change in this sudden manner,  this
exercise  is  valuable  in  identifying  risk  exposures.  The  results  for the
Company's  December 31, 1999  balances  indicate that the Company's net interest
income at risk over a one year  period  and net  economic  value at risk from 2%
shocks are within normal expectations for such sudden changes.

                          Shocked by -2%         Shocked by +2%

Net interest income         (4.26%)                  +3.00%
Net economic value          +8.84%                   (6.61%)

For the modeling, the Company has made certain assumptions about the duration of
its  non-maturity  deposits that are important to determining net economic value
at risk. The Company  engaged an outside  consultant to gather and study data on
its  non-maturity  deposits and it has also compared its assumptions  with those
used by other financial  institutions.  The conclusions  from these actions have
been incorporated into these latest models.

In addition to applying scenarios with sudden interest rate shocks, net interest
income  simulations  are  prepared  at least  twice a year using  interest  rate
projections  provided by an outside economic data resource firm.  Reflecting the
prevailing interest rate environment over the last year, that firm's most recent
interest rate scenarios  continue to project generally rising interest rates. In
addition,  the projections  call for more normal yield curves than the generally
flat curves projected at the beginning of 1999 (Note F). The three interest rate
projections  selected for use in the modeling include what the firm indicates is
the most likely scenario,  a lower or less rising scenario,  and higher interest
rate  scenario.  The three interest rate scenarios are applied to expected asset
and liability  balances over the next year,  and the  differences in the results
indicate the amount of net interest income at risk.

The  interest  rate  simulation  reports  are  dependent  upon the  shape of the
interest rate curves and the volatility of the interest rate scenarios  selected
and  upon the  assumptions  of the  rates  that  would be paid on the  Company's
administered  rate deposits as external yields change.  As the year  progresses,
the models are revised to make use of the latest available projections.

Under  these more  realistic  scenarios,  as in the case of  modeling  using the
sudden rate shocks,  the Company's  net interest  income at risk in 2000 is well
within normal  expectations  should either of the two less likely  interest rate
scenarios occur. The change in the average expected Fed funds rate is also shown
to give perspective as to the extent of the interest rate changes assumed by the
two scenarios.

                                 Declining Rates    Rising Rates

Change in net interest income
  compared to most likely scenario   (0.43%)          +2.72%
Change in average Fed funds rate     (1.16%)          +1.04%

Asset/Liability Management

The  Company  monitors  asset and  deposit  levels,  developments  and trends in
interest rates, liquidity,  capital adequacy and marketplace  opportunities.  It
responds  to all of these to protect  and  enhance  net  interest  income  while
managing risks within  acceptable  levels as set by the Company's  policies.  In
addition,  alternative business plans and contemplated transactions are analyzed
for their impact. This process, known as asset/liability  management, is carried
out by changing the maturities and relative  proportions of the various types of
loans,  investments,  deposits and other borrowings in the ways described above.
The  Asset/Liability  Committee  for each bank's Board of Directors  has overall
responsibility for asset/liability management.

As an example of this asset/liability management process, the Company determined
in 1999 that it would need to take  actions to manage some  additional  interest
rate risk. This additional risk was due to more customers  requesting fixed rate
loans than had been the case in prior years. The Company was concerned about the
prospect of rising rates. If rates increased, interest income on the loans would
be fixed  while  interest  expense on  deposits  would  likely go up. A plan was
approved and executed that involved  obtaining  additional fixed rate funds from
the FHLB and entering into variable for fixed  interest rate swaps.  If interest
rates  in fact  rose,  the  fixed  rate on the  borrowings  would  maintain  the
profitable  spread on the loans funded with the  borrowings.  The interest  rate
swaps  permitted  the Company to convert a portion of its  interest  income from
fixed to  variable.  With this  conversion,  if interest  rates  rise,  so would
interest income.

Changes in the dollar  amount of interest  earned or paid may vary from one year
to the next because of changes in the average balances ("volume") of the various
earning  assets  and  interest-bearing  liability  accounts  and  changes in the
interest rates applicable to each category.  However,  because of overall growth
of the Company,  interest  income,  interest expense and net interest income are
all generally higher each year. The Company's tax equivalent net interest income
of $149.6  million for 1999 was $18.5  million,  or 14.1%,  greater  than during
1998.  The 1998 figure of $131.1  million was itself  $18.4  million,  or 16.3%,
greater than the comparable figure for 1997.

Table 1, "Distribution of Average Assets,  Liabilities and Shareholders'  Equity
and Related  Interest  Income,  Expense and Rates," sets forth the daily average
balances  (Note B) for the major  asset and  liability  categories,  the related
income or expense where applicable, and the resultant yield or cost attributable
to the average earning assets and interest-bearing  liabilities.  Changes in the
average balances and the rates received or paid depend on market  opportunities,
how well the Company has managed  interest rate risks,  product  pricing policy,
product mix, and external trends and developments.

<TABLE>
TABLE 1-- Distribution of Average Assets, Liabilities, and Shareholders' Equity and Related
          Interest Income, Expense, and Rates
<CAPTION>
(dollars in thousands)                            1999                            1998                             1997
                                    ------------------------------  -------------------------------   ------------------------------
                                     Balance    Interest    Rate     Balance    Interest     Rate      Balance     Interest   Rate
                                    ------------------------------  -------------------------------   ------------------------------
<S>                                 <C>         <C>         <C>     <C>         <C>          <C>     <C>          <C>         <C>
Assets:
Loans (Note D):
      Commercial                    $  489,476  $  51,472   10.52%  $  406,927  $  41,865    10.29%  $  358,146   $  35,623    9.95%
      Real estate                    1,104,720     86,485    7.83      801,194     72,083     9.00      673,948      62,111    9.22
      Consumer                         215,208     27,151   12.62      199,274     25,093    12.59      169,300      22,636   13.37
                                    ----------------------          ----------------------            ----------------------
        Total loans                  1,809,404    165,108    9.12    1,407,395    139,041     9.88    1,201,394     120,370   10.02
                                    ----------------------          ----------------------            ----------------------
    Securities:
      Taxable                          561,125     33,443    5.96      589,723     35,512     6.02      447,254      27,381    6.12
      Non-taxable                      137,385     14,441   10.51      138,363     14,455    10.45      116,617      13,096   11.23
      Equity                             9,063        500    5.52        8,916        493     5.53        8,046         540    6.71
                                    ----------------------          ----------------------            ----------------------
        Total securities               707,573     48,384    6.84      737,002     50,460     6.85      571,917      41,017    7.17
                                    ----------------------          ----------------------            ----------------------
    Money market instruments:
      BAs and Commercial paper           5,800        336    5.79       15,543        937     6.03       72,090       4,134    5.73
      Federal funds sold                74,756      3,590    4.80      158,095      8,653     5.47      129,814       7,136    5.50
      Money market funds                    --         --                2,950        162     5.49       12,148         663    5.46
        Total money market
          instruments                   80,556      3,926    4.87      176,588      9,752     5.52      214,052      11,933    5.57
                                    ----------------------          ----------------------            ----------------------
    Total earning assets             2,597,533    217,418    8.37%   2,320,985    199,253     8.58%   1,987,363     173,320    8.72%
                                    ----------------------          ----------------------            ----------------------
    Non-earning assets                 182,783                         156,717                          130,274
                                    -----------                     -----------                       ----------
      Total assets                  $2,780,316                      $2,477,702                       $2,117,637
                                    ===========                     ===========                       ==========

Liabilities and shareholders'
  equity:
    Borrowed funds:
      Repurchase agreements and
        Federal funds purchased     $   37,305      1,761    4.72%  $   23,120      1,098     4.75%  $   31,767       1,510    4.75%
      Other borrowings                  82,329      4,795    5.82       36,693      2,245     6.12       40,343       2,469    6.12
                                    ----------------------          ----------------------            ----------------------
        Total borrowed funds           119,634      6,556    5.48       59,813      3,343     5.59       72,110       3,979    5.52
                                    ----------------------          ----------------------            ----------------------
    Interest bearing deposits:
      Savings and interest bearing
        transaction accounts         1,080,954     23,544    2.18    1,018,149     26,209     2.57      945,582      25,825    2.73
      Time deposits                    790,871     37,756    4.77      726,983     38,561     5.30      561,615      30,786    5.48
                                    ----------------------           ---------------------            ----------------------
        Total interest bearing
        deposits                     1,871,825     61,300    3.27    1,745,132     64,770     3.71    1,507,197      56,611    3.76
                                    ----------------------                      ----------                         ---------

        Total interest bearing
           liabilities               1,991,459     67,856    3.41%   1,804,945     68,113     3.77%   1,579,307      60,590    3.84%
                                                ----------                      ----------                         ---------
    Demand deposits                    532,694                         439,569                          339,018
    Other liabilities                   28,425                          24,801                           16,310
    Shareholders' equity               227,738                         208,387                          183,002
                                    -----------                     -----------                       ----------
      Total liabilities and
        shareholders'equity         $2,780,316                      $2,477,702                       $2,117,637
                                    ===========                     ===========                       ==========

Interest income/earning assets                               8.37%                            8.58%                            8.72%
Interest expense/earning assets                              2.61                             2.93                             3.05
                                                            -------                          -------                          ------
Net interest margin                               149,562    5.76                 131,140     5.65                  112,730    5.67
Provision for credit losses
    charged to operations/earning
    assets                                          6,375    0.25                   9,123     0.39                    8,500    0.43
                                                ----------  -------              ----------  -------                --------- ------
Net interest margin after
    provision for credit losses
    on tax equivalent basis                       143,187    5.51%                122,017     5.26%                 104,230    5.24%
                                                            =======                          =======                          ======
Less: tax equivalent income
    included in interest income
    from non-taxable securities
    and loans                                       5,775                           5,737                             5,170
                                                ----------                      ----------                        ----------
Net interest income                             $ 137,412                       $ 116,280                         $  99,060
                                                ==========                      ==========                        ==========
</TABLE>

Overall Trends in the Balances of Assets and Liabilities

Beginning in late 1998, the Company's loan portfolio began  increasing at a rate
significantly higher than deposits. Partly this was due to increased residential
real estate sales activity as well as the continued  strong business  economy in
the markets served by the Company.  As shown in Table 1, average loans increased
$402 million or 28.6% from 1998 to 1999,  compared to a 17.1% increase from 1997
to 1998.  Average  deposits  increased  $220  million  from  1998 to  1999.  The
Company's  research  indicates  that the  lower  rate of  deposit  growth is not
primarily  due to account  closings,  but rather to  customers  holding  smaller
balances in their  accounts.  With the stock  market  indices  hitting  numerous
all-time  highs during 1999,  the great  attention paid by the media to internet
stocks,  and  the  popularity  of  401(k)  and  other  tax-deferred   retirement
alternatives,  bank  deposits  are  seen  as  only  one  of  many  vehicles  for
investments.

Because deposits increased less than loans , $182 million of the loan growth had
to be funded by sources other than deposits.  Three sources of funding were used
for this. The first is that almost all of the proceeds from maturing  securities
were made  available  for loan  funding  rather than being used to purchase  new
securities. The average balance of securities decreased by $29 million from 1998
to 1999.  The second  source was the large  balances of  overnight  money market
investments.  In 1999, the Company carried  average  balances in these overnight
instruments  that  were $96  million  less  than in 1998.  Lastly,  the  Company
borrowed funds from other financial  institutions.  The average balance of other
borrowings was $60 million more in 1999 than in 1998.

This shift in the relative size of the major balance  sheet  categories  has had
some impact on net interest income and net interest  margin.  To the extent that
funds invested in securities can be repositioned  into loans,  earnings increase
because of the higher rates paid on loans.  However,  additional  credit risk is
incurred with loans compared to the very low risk of loss on securities, and the
Company  must  carefully  monitor  the  underwriting  process to ensure that the
benefit of the  additional  interest  earned is not offset by additional  credit
losses.  As shown in Table 1, the average rate paid on the other  borrowings  in
1999 was 5.48%  compared  to the average  rate paid on  deposits  of 3.27%.  The
growth in loans must  therefore also be monitored to ensure that the rate earned
on loans  funded by other  borrowings  is high enough to justify the  additional
cost of funds.

For the  discussion of each of the major  categories  of assets and  liabilities
below,  there is a  description  of the  reason for  significant  changes in the
balances,  how the changes impacted the net interest income and margin,  and how
the categories fit into the overall asset/liability strategy for managing risk.

As shown in Table 1, the net  interest  margin of 5.76% in 1999 was higher  than
the 5.65% net  interest  margin in 1998.  As  indicated  above,  this  primarily
reflects the increased  proportion of higher yielding  loans.  The Fed increased
interest  rates  several times during 1999 and the  Company's  subsidiary  banks
raised their lending rates accordingly. This increased income from variable rate
loans. Deposit rates tend to lag market rates because time deposits reprice only
upon  maturity.  Due to the  lowering  of rates in 1997  and  1998,  many of the
Company's  time  deposits  maturing in 1999 renewed at lower rates than they had
been  previously  receiving.  This trend  started  to  reverse in 1999,  but the
average  rate paid on  deposits  was  still  substantially  lower  than in 1998.
Conversely,  the average rate for deposits in 1998 was only slightly  lower than
the rate for 1997 as the Company was not able to reduce  deposit  rates quite as
quickly as market rates were declining.

Table 2, "Volume and Rate Variance  Analysis of Net Interest  Income,"  analyzes
the changes in net  interest  income from 1997 to 1998 and from 1998 and 1999 in
terms of the impact of volume and rate changes on the major categories of assets
and liabilities from one year to the next.

<TABLE>
TABLE    2--Volume and Rate Variance  Analysis of Net Interest  Income  (Taxable
         equivalent basis -- Notes E)
<CAPTION>
(in thousands)                                            1999 over 1998                            1998 over 1997
                                            ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               Volume          Rate          Total        Volume         Rate        Total
                                            ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                         <C>           <C>            <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>
Increase (decrease) in:
Interest income:
   Loans
     Commercial loans                       $     8,653   $        954   $     9,607  $      4,990   $    1,252   $     6,242
     Real estate loans                           24,681        (10,279)       14,402        11,486       (1,514)        9,972
     Consumer loans                               1,998             60         2,058         3,835       (1,378)        2,457
                                            ------------  -------------  ------------ -------------  -----------  ------------
         Total loans                             35,332         (9,265)       26,067        20,311       (1,640)       18,671
                                            ------------  -------------  ------------ -------------  -----------  ------------
   Investment and other securities
     Taxable investment securities               (1,716)          (353)       (2,069)        8,585         (454)        8,131
     Non-taxable investment securities              (99)            85           (14)        2,316         (957)        1,359
     Equity                                           8             (1)            7            54         (101)          (47)
                                            ------------  -------------  ------------ -------------  -----------  ------------
         Total investment securities             (1,807)          (269)       (2,076)       10,955       (1,512)        9,443
                                            ------------  -------------  ------------ -------------  -----------  ------------
   Money market investments
     BAs and Commercial Paper                      (565)           (36)         (601)       (3,402)         205        (3,197)
     Federal funds sold                          (4,109)          (954)       (5,063)        1,556          (39)        1,517
     Money market funds                             (81)           (81)         (162)         (505)           4          (501)
                                            ------------  -------------  ------------ -------------  -----------  ------------
         Total money market investments          (4,755)        (1,071)       (5,826)       (2,351)         170        (2,181)
                                            ------------  -------------  ------------ -------------  -----------  ------------
   Total earning assets                          28,770        (10,605)       18,165        28,915       (2,982)       25,933
                                            ------------  -------------  ------------ -------------  -----------  ------------

Liabilities:
     Repurchase agreements and
        federal funds purchased                     663             --           663          (412)          --          (412)
     Other borrowings                             2,665           (115)        2,550          (224)          --          (224)
                                            ------------  -------------  ------------ -------------  -----------  ------------
         Total borrowed funds                     3,328           (115)        3,213          (636)          --          (636)
                                            ------------  -------------  ------------ -------------  -----------  ------------
    Interest bearing deposits:
     Savings and interest bearing
        transaction accounts                      1,525         (4,190)       (2,665)        1,933       (1,549)          384
     Time certificates of deposit                 3,228         (4,033)         (805)        8,814       (1,039)        7,775
                                            ------------  -------------  ------------ -------------  -----------  ------------
         Total interest bearing deposits          4,753         (8,223)       (3,470)       10,747       (2,588)        8,159
                                            ------------  -------------  ------------ -------------  -----------  ------------
         Total interest bearing liabilities       8,081         (8,338)         (257)       10,111       (2,588)        7,523
                                            ------------  -------------  ------------ -------------  -----------  ------------
   Net interest margin                      $    20,689   $     (2,267)  $    18,422  $     18,804   $     (394)  $    18,410
                                            ============  =============  ============ =============  ===========  ============

</TABLE>

There is always  action that the Company can take to increase  its net  interest
income and margin.  Tactics may include  increasing the average  maturity of its
securities  portfolios  because longer term  instruments  normally earn a higher
rate;  emphasizing  fixed-rate  loans  because they earn more than variable rate
loans;  purchasing  lower rated  securities;  and  lending to less  creditworthy
borrowers at a higher  rate.  However,  as noted above,  banking is a process of
balancing risks, and each of these  alternative  tactics involves more risk. The
first two involve more market risk, the second two more credit risk.  Management
intends to continue to use a balanced  approach.  A fifth tactic as discussed on
page 30 is limiting the amount of nonearning assets.

SECURITIES

The major  components  of the earning  asset base are the  Company's  securities
portfolios, the loan portfolio and its holdings of money market instruments. The
Investment  Committee  has  overall  responsibility  for the  management  of the
securities portfolios and the money market instruments. The structure and detail
within these  portfolios  are very  significant  to an analysis of the financial
condition of the Company.  The loan and money market instrument  portfolios will
be covered in later sections of this discussion.

Securities Portfolios

The Company  classifies its  securities  into three  portfolios,  the "Liquidity
Portfolio"      (available-for-sale),      the     "Discretionary     Portfolio"
(available-for-sale), and the "Earnings Portfolio" (held-to-maturity).

The Liquidity  Portfolio's  primary purpose is to provide liquidity to meet cash
flow needs. The portfolio consists of U.S. Treasury and agency securities. These
securities  are  purchased  with  maturities  up to three  years with an average
maturity of between one and two years.

The  Discretionary  Portfolio's  primary  purposes  are to provide  income  from
available  funds,  to hold earning assets that can be managed as part of overall
asset/liability  management, and to support the development needs of communities
within the Bank's  marketplace.  The  Discretionary  Portfolio  consists of U.S.
Treasury and agency securities,  collateralized  mortgage obligations  ("CMOs"),
asset-backed  securities  (Note H),  mortgage-backed  securities,  and municipal
securities.

The Earnings  Portfolio's  primary purposes are to provide income from available
funds and to support  the  development  needs of  communities  within the Bank's
marketplace.   The  Earnings   Portfolio   consists  of   long-term   tax-exempt
obligations, and U.S. Treasury and agency securities.

Maintaining adequate liquidity is one of the highest priorities for the Company.
Therefore,  available  funds  are  first  used to  purchase  securities  for the
Liquidity  Portfolio.  So  long  as  there  are  sufficient  securities  in that
portfolio  to meet its  purposes,  available  funds  are then  used to  purchase
securities  for  the  Discretionary  Portfolio.  It  is  the  Company's  current
intention to allow existing securities in the Earnings Portfolio to mature, then
reposition  the matured  proceeds  into  either of the two  "available-for-sale"
portfolios.  Accordingly,  the balance of the Earnings  Portfolio is expected to
decline.

Additional Purposes Served by the Securities Portfolios

The securities portfolios of the Company serve additional purposes: 1) to act as
collateral for the deposits of public  agencies and trust customers that must be
secured by  certain  securities  owned by the  Company;  and 2) to  support  the
development needs of the communities within its marketplace.

Collateral:  The legal  requirements for securing  specific deposits may only be
satisfied  by  pledging  certain  types  of the  Company's  securities.  A large
proportion of the deposits may be secured by state and municipal securities, but
some can only be  secured  by U.S.  Treasury  securities,  so  holding a minimum
amount of these securities will always be necessary.

Community  Development:  The Company  searches  actively  for  investments  that
support the  development  needs of communities  within its  marketplace.  During
1999, for example, the Company purchased six mortgage-backed securities totaling
$8.5  million  that  consisted  of real estate  loans to borrowers in its market
areas who have  incomes of less than 80% of median area income.  In 1999,  as in
1998 and 1997,  the Company also invested as a limited  partner in an affordable
housing fund.  The Company also holds several bonds of school  districts  within
its market areas.

Amounts and Maturities of Securities

As discussed  above,  the average  balance of securities  decreased from 1998 to
1999 in order to fund loan  growth.  Table 3 sets forth the amounts and maturity
ranges of the  securities at December 31, 1999.  Because many of the  securities
included in the Earnings  Portfolio  are state or municipal  bonds,  much of the
income from this  portfolio has the  additional  advantage of being  tax-exempt.
Therefore,  the tax  equivalent  weighted  average  yields of the securities are
shown in Table 3. The average yields on the taxable securities are significantly
lower than the average  rates  earned from loans as shown in Table 1. Because of
this,  taxable  securities  are  purchased for earnings only when loan demand is
weak.

<TABLE>
TABLE 3--Maturity Distribution and Yield Analysis of the Securities Portfolios
<CAPTION>
                                                    After one    After five
As of December 31, 1999                One year      year to      years to        Over         Non-
(dollars in thousands)                 or less      five years    ten years    ten years     Maturity       Total
                                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                    <C>           <C>            <C>         <C>          <C>           <C>
Maturity distribution:
    Available-for-sale:
      U.S. Treasury obligations        $   40,064    $   80,909     $     --    $      --       $   --     $  120,973
       U.S. agency obligations             37,893       137,895           --           --           --        175,788
       Collateralized mortgage
         obligations                        8,984       133,208       22,034        3,279           --        167,505
       Asset-backed securities              3,971         6,901           --           --           --         10,872
       State and municipal
         securities                         1,526        11,086          855       28,086           --         41,553
       Time deposits                           86            --           --           --           --             86
       Equity securities                       --            --           --           --       11,649         11,649
                                     ------------------------------------------------------------------  -------------
    Subtotal                               92,524       369,999       22,889       31,365       11,649        528,426
                                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Held-to-maturity:
       U.S. Treasury obligations           22,571        12,472           --           --           --         35,043
       U.S. agency obligations              7,500         5,002           --           --           --         12,502
       Collateralized mortgage
         obligations                          210           346           --           --           --            556
       State and municipal
         securities                        29,639        30,625        7,080       37,819           --        105,163
                                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Subtotal                              59,920        48,445        7,080       37,819           --        153,264
                                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                                  $  152,444    $  418,444     $ 29,969    $  69,184    $  11,649     $  681,690
                                     =================================================================================

Weighted average yield (Tax equivalent--Note C):
    Available-for-sale:
       U.S. Treasury obligations            5.84%         5.96%           --           --           --          5.92%
       U.S. agency obligations              5.79%         5.82%           --           --           --          5.81%
       Collateralized mortgage
         obligations                        5.91%         6.54%        6.38%        6.48%           --          6.48%
       Asset-backed securities              6.77%         6.13%           --           --           --          6.36%
       State and municipal
         securities                         6.81%         7.06%        7.88%        8.98%           --          8.54%
       Time deposits                        4.65%            --           --           --           --          4.65%
       Equity securities                       --            --           --           --        5.53%          5.53%
    Weighted average                        5.88%         6.15%        6.43%        8.71%        5.53%          6.27%
    Held-to-maturity:
       U.S. Treasury obligations            5.70%         6.38%           --           --           --          5.94%
       U.S. agency obligations              5.82%         5.45%           --           --           --          5.67%
       Collateralized mortgage
         obligations                        5.74%         8.03%           --           --           --          7.18%
       State and municipal
         securities                        14.18%        13.54%       10.51%       10.06%           --         11.75%
    Weighted average                        9.91%        10.82%       10.51%       10.06%           --          9.91%
Overall weighted average                    7.46%         6.69%        7.40%        9.45%        5.53%          7.09%
</TABLE>

Other Securities Disclosures

Turnover:  The  accompanying  Consolidated  Statements of Cash Flows on page 47,
shows there is a relatively large turnover in the securities portfolios. This is
due to the purchase of  relatively  short-term  securities  for  asset/liability
management purposes, as explained above.

Maturity  profile:  The Company does not have a trading  portfolio.  That is, it
does not  purchase  securities  on the  speculation  that  interest  rates  will
decrease and thereby allow subsequent sale at a gain.  Instead,  if the purposes
mentioned above are to be met,  purchases must be made throughout  interest rate
cycles.  Rather than anticipate the direction of changes in interest rates,  the
Company's  investment  practice  with respect to securities in the Liquidity and
Discretionary  Portfolios is to purchase  securities so that the  maturities are
approximately  equally  spaced by quarter  within the  portfolios.  The periodic
spacing of proceeds from maturities provides the Company with cash for liquidity
purposes, or if not needed, it minimizes  reinvestment risk, which is having too
much cash  available  all at once that must be invested  perhaps  when rates are
low. The Company  generally  purchases  municipal  securities with maturities of
18-25 years because, in the Company's judgment, they have the best ratio of rate
earned to the market risk incurred in purchasing fixed rate securities.

Securities  losses:  Occasionally,  the Company  will sell  securities  prior to
maturity to  reposition  the funds into a better  yielding  asset.  This usually
results in a loss.

Hedges, Derivatives, and Other Disclosures

The Company has policies and procedures that permit limited types and amounts of
off-balance sheet hedges to help manage interest rate risk. Although the Company
does not make extensive use of these instruments,  it did enter into an interest
rate option  contract in January  1997 to protect  against  the  possibility  of
rapidly rising rates.  While  Management was not predicting  that interest rates
would rise, the asset/liability modeling indicated at the time that net interest
income at risk from a significant  rise would be more than  desired.  The option
contract had a notional amount of $50 million and covered a fifteen month period
that began July 1, 1997 and ended on October 1, 1998.  The  contract  would have
paid the  Company  the rate by  which  the  3-month  LIBOR  (Note I) index  rate
exceeded  7.0% up to a  maximum  of 1.5%.  Interest  rates  declined  after  the
purchase  and the Company  simply  amortized  the $90,000  cost over the fifteen
month term.

In early 1999, the Company's  interest rate risk modeling  indicated that it was
liability  sensitive,  i.e.,  net income would be lessened by a rise in interest
rates.  This was primarily due to the increased balance of fixed rate loans. The
Company therefore entered into several interest rate swap contracts with another
financial  institution  whereby it trades a portion  of the fixed rate  interest
payments it receives for  payments  that would vary based on changes in interest
rates.  If  interest  rates  increase,  the  payments  received  from the  other
institution  increase  thereby  lessening  the  interest  rate risk  incurred in
lending funds at fixed rates.  Two of the contracts are loosely  associated with
the residential  real estate loans that had been added to the Company's  balance
sheet.  The third is specifically  associated with a relatively large commercial
loan.

The Company has not purchased any securities  arising out of a highly  leveraged
transaction,  and its investment policy prohibits the purchase of any securities
of less than investment grade or so-called "junk bonds."

MARKET INSTRUMENTS--FEDERAL FUNDS SOLD, SECURITIES PURCHASED UNDER AGREEMENTS
TO RESELL, BANKERS' ACCEPTANCES AND COMMERCIAL PAPER

Cash in excess of amounts immediately needed for operations is generally lent to
other financial institutions as Federal funds sold or securities purchased under
agreements to resell (for brevity termed "reverse repos"). Both transactions are
overnight loans. Federal funds sold are unsecured, reverse repos are secured.

Excess cash  expected to be available  for longer  periods is generally  used to
purchase short-term U.S. Treasury securities,  bankers' acceptances (Note G), or
commercial paper. As a percentage of average earning assets, the amount of these
instruments  tends to vary based on changes and differences in short-term market
rates. The amount is also impacted in the first quarter of the year by the large
cash flows associated with the tax refund loan and transfer programs.

As  discussed  above,  the  average  balances  invested  by the Company in these
instruments  decreased from 1998 to 1999 to fund loan growth. As discussed below
in "Liquidity,"  the Company has developed and maintains  numerous other sources
of liquidity than these overnight and short-term funds.

In  prior  years,  the  Company  purchased  bankers'   acceptances  rather  than
commercial  paper because the yields were more attractive  relative to the risk.
While the acceptances of only highly rated financial  institutions are utilized,
acceptances  have some  amount of risk above that of U.S.  Treasury  securities.
Therefore,  the Company required that there be a reasonable spread in the yields
between the bankers'  acceptances  and U.S.  Treasury  securities to justify the
assumption of that  additional  risk.  The only banks issuing these  instruments
that had both the high  credit  rating  and  sufficient  incremental  yield were
Japanese banks.  During 1997, as economic troubles began to adversely impact the
ratings of the Japanese banks issuing these instruments, the Company reduced its
purchases and discontinued them after January 1998. The last acceptance  matured
in July 1998.

In  place  of  bankers'  acceptances,  in  1998  the  Company  began  purchasing
commercial paper issued by highly rated domestic companies.

LOAN PORTFOLIO

Table 4 sets forth the distribution of the Company's loans at the end of each of
the last five years.

<TABLE>
TABLE 4--Loan Portfolio Analysis by Category
<CAPTION>
(in thousands)                                                          December 31
                                            1999            1998            1997            1996          1995
                                       ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                       <C>             <C>             <C>            <C>             <C>
Real estate:
    Residential                           $   484,562     $   368,306     $   276,014    $   198,309     $ 169,500
    Nonresidential                            435,913         477,120         433,835        351,289       287,455
    Construction and development              171,870         109,764          57,571         47,743        62,490
Commercial, industrial,
    and agricultural                          577,407         362,262         298,986        269,904       224,648
Home equity lines                              49,902          47,123          56,681         55,083        50,800
Consumer                                      148,051         123,730          99,943         66,595        52,031
Leases                                         93,322          78,627          72,970         69,817         4,254
Municipal tax-exempt obligations               12,530           9,286           7,931          8,658         7,573
Other                                           8,322           6,563           7,433         11,318         4,820
                                       ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          $ 1,981,879     $ 1,582,781     $ 1,311,364    $ 1,078,716     $ 863,571
                                       ============================================================================

Net deferred fees                         $     4,781     $     4,624     $     3,586    $     3,351     $   2,914
</TABLE>

The  amounts  shown in the table for each  category  are net of the  deferred or
unamortized  loan  origination,  extension,  and commitment fees and origination
costs for loans in that category. The total amounts for these net fees are shown
at the bottom of the table.  These deferred amounts are amortized over the lives
of the loans to which they relate.

The year-end balance for all loans had increased about $271 million from the end
of 1997 to the end of 1998 and increased about $399 million from the end of 1998
to the end of 1999.

Reflective  of the strong  economy,  the  category of loans  showing the largest
growth  in  the  last  year  was  commercial,   industrial,   and  agricultural.
Residential  mortgages  also  increased  significantly  over the last few  years
reflecting  increased sales activity in the Company's  market areas. The Company
offers a wide  variety  of loan  types and terms to  customers  along  with very
competitive pricing and quick delivery of the credit decision.

The Company has historically retained 1-4 family adjustable rate mortgage loans,
which generally have low initial "teaser" rates. While these loans have interest
rate "caps," all are  repriced to a market rate of interest  within a reasonable
time. A few loans have  payment caps that would result in negative  amortization
if interest rates rise appreciably.

Consumer  and home  equity  loans grew  $14.2  million or 9.1% in 1998 and $27.1
million or 15.9% in 1999.  This  growth in consumer  loans  reflects an expanded
product line and continued  efforts to make auto loans through  dealers.  During
the last three years, the Company has entered into indirect financing agreements
with a number of automobile  dealers whereby the Company purchases loans dealers
have made to customers. While automobile dealers frequently provide financing to
customers through  manufacturers'  finance  subsidiaries,  some customers prefer
loan  terms  that  are not  included  in the  standard  dealer  packages.  Other
customers are purchasing used cars not covered by the  manufacturers'  programs.
Based on parameters  agreed to by the Company,  the dealer makes the loan to the
customer  and then  sells the loan to the  Company.  This  program  is neither a
factoring nor a flooring arrangement. The individual customers, not the dealers,
are the  borrowers and thus there is no large  concentration  of credit risk. In
addition,  there is a review  of  underwriting  practices  of a dealer  prior to
acceptance  into the  program.  This is done to  ensure  process  integrity,  to
protect the Company's  reputation,  and to monitor compliance with consumer loan
laws and  regulations.  There  were  approximately  $99.0  million of such loans
included in the consumer loan total above for December 31, 1999 as compared with
$63.4 million at December 31, 1998 and $41.3 million at December 31, 1997.

Construction and development  loans increased during 1999 by $62.1 million while
nonresidential real estate loans decreased by $41.2 million.

Although approximately two thirds of the loans held by the Company have floating
rates of interest tied to the Company's  base lending rate or to another  market
rate indicator so that they may be repriced as interest rates change, fixed rate
loans still make up a significant  portion of the  portfolio.  The same interest
rate and liquidity risks that apply to securities are also applicable to lending
activity.  Fixed-rate  loans are subject to market risk as they decline in value
as interest rates rise. The Company's loans that have fixed-rates generally have
relatively short maturities or amortize  monthly which  effectively  lessens the
market risk.  Nonetheless,  the table in Note 14 to the  consolidated  financial
statements  shows that the carrying amount of loans,  i.e., their face value, is
about $42.6 million or 2.2% less than their fair value  reflective of the recent
increases in market  rates.  At the end of 1998,  the carrying  value and market
value were virtually  identical.  Rates had been stable since late 1997 and then
declined a bit in late 1998.

Table 5 shows the maturity of selected loan types outstanding as of December 31,
1999,  and shows the  proportion of fixed and floating rate loans for each type.
The table does not include residential and  non-residential  mortgage loans. Net
deferred loan origination,  extension, and commitment fees are also not shown in
the table. There is no maturity or interest sensitivity associated with the fees
because they have been collected in advance.

<TABLE>
TABLE 5--Maturities and Sensitivities of Selected
         Loan Types to Changes in Interest Rates
<CAPTION>
                                                            Due after
(in thousands)                                Due in one    one year to     Due after
                                             year or less   five years      five years
                                             -------------------------------------------
<S>                                             <C>            <C>            <C>
Commercial, industrial, and agricultural
    Floating rate                               $ 355,127      $     --       $      --
    Fixed rate                                     61,830        63,271          97,179
Real estate--construction and development
    Floating rate                                 145,330            --              --
    Fixed rate                                     14,181            47          12,314
Municipal tax-exempt obligations                    6,885         3,218           2,427
                                             -------------------------------------------
                                                $ 583,353      $ 66,536       $ 111,920
                                             ===========================================
</TABLE>

The amortization and short maturities  generally  present in the Company's fixed
rate loans also help to  maintain  the  liquidity  of the  portfolio  and reduce
credit risk, but they result in lower interest  income if rates are falling.  At
present,  except for the specific  market risk  incurred by the decision to hold
some of the fixed-rate  residential and  non-residential  real estate  mortgages
(which are not included in the table above),  Management prefers to incur market
risk from longer maturities in the securities portfolios, and avoid such risk in
the loan portfolio.

Potential  Problem Loans:  From time to time,  Management has reasons to believe
that  certain  borrowers  may  not be able  to  repay  their  loans  within  the
parameters of the present repayment terms, even though, in some cases, the loans
are current at the time.  These loans are regarded as potential  problem  loans,
and a portion of the allowance is allocated,  as discussed  below,  to cover the
Company's exposure to loss should the borrowers indeed fail to perform according
to the terms of the  notes.  This  class of loans  does not  include  loans in a
nonaccrual  status or 90 days or more delinquent but still  accruing,  which are
shown in Table 8.

At  year-end  1999,  these  loans  amounted  to  $21.7  million  or  1.1% of the
portfolio.  The  corresponding  amounts for 1998 and 1997 were $25.8  million or
1.6% of the portfolio and $2.5 million or 0.2% of the  portfolio,  respectively.
The 1999 amount is comprised of loans of all types.

Other Loan Portfolio Information

Other information about the loan portfolio that may be helpful to readers of the
financial statements follows.

Foreign  Loans:  The Company does not assume  foreign credit risk through either
loan or deposit products.  However, the Company does recognize that economic and
currency  developments  in the  international  markets  may affect our  domestic
customers' activities.

Participations:  Occasionally,  the Company will sell or purchase a portion of a
loan to or from  another  bank.  The usual reason that banks sell a portion of a
loan is to stay  within  their  regulatory  maximum  limit  for loans to any one
borrower. Occasionally, a portion of another bank's loan may be purchased by the
Company from  another bank unable to lend the whole amount under its  regulatory
lending  limit to its  borrower.  However,  this  would be done only if the loan
represents a good  investment  for the Company and the borrower or project is in
one of the Company's  market areas. In these cases, the Company conducts its own
independent credit review and formal approval prior to committing to purchase.

Loan to Value  Ratio:  The  Company  follows  a policy of  limiting  the loan to
collateral  value  ratio for real estate  construction  and  development  loans.
Depending  on the type of  project,  policy  limits  range  from  60-90%  of the
appraised value of the collateral.  For permanent real estate loans,  the policy
limits  generally are 75% of the appraised  value for commercial  property loans
and 80% for  residential  real estate  property  loans.  Mortgage  insurance  is
generally  required on most  residential  real estate loans with a loan to value
ratio in excess of 80%. Such loans,  which can reach up to 90% loan to appraised
value, are strictly underwritten according to mortgage insurance standards.  The
above policy limits are sometimes exceeded when the loan is being originated for
sale to  another  institution  that does lend at higher  ratios  and the sale is
immediate,  when the exception is temporary, or when other special circumstances
apply.  There are other  specific  loan to  collateral  limits  for  commercial,
industrial  and  agricultural   loans  which  are  secured  by  non-real  estate
collateral.  The  adequacy  of such  limits is  generally  established  based on
outside asset valuations and/or by an assessment of the financial  condition and
cash flow of the borrower, and the purpose of the loan. Consumer loans which are
secured by collateral also have loan to collateral limits which are based on the
loan type and amount, the nature of the collateral,  and other financial factors
on the borrower.

Loan Concentrations: The concentration profile of the Company's loans is
discussed in Note 18 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Loan Sales and Mortgage  Servicing Rights:  The Company sells or brokers some of
the  fixed-rate  single  family  mortgage  loans it  originates as well as other
selected portfolio loans. While originated by the Company,  they are sold if the
loan  terms are not  favorable  enough to offset  the market  risk  inherent  in
fixed-rate  assets.  Most of those sold are sold  "servicing  released"  and the
purchaser takes over the collection of the payments. However, some are sold with
"servicing  retained" and the Company continues to receive the payments from the
borrower and forwards the funds to the  purchaser.  The Company  earns a fee for
this service. The sales are made without recourse, that is, the purchaser cannot
look to the Company in the event the borrower does not perform  according to the
terms  of  the  note.  GAAP  requires  companies  engaged  in  mortgage  banking
activities  to  recognize  the  rights to service  mortgage  loans for others as
separate  assets.  For loans originated for sale, a portion of the investment in
the loan is ascribed  to the right to receive  this fee for  servicing  and this
value is recorded as a separate asset.

TAX REFUND ANTICIPATION LOAN ("RAL") AND REFUND TRANSFER ("RT") PROGRAMS

As indicated in the overall summary at the beginning of this discussion,  one of
the reasons for the upward  trend in earnings  has been the RAL and RT programs.
The  Company  is one of only  three  financial  institutions  to  provide  these
products on a national basis.  The Company  provides these services to taxpayers
that  file  their  returns  electronically.  RALs  are a loan  product;  RTs are
strictly an electronic transfer service.

For the RAL product, a taxpayer requests a loan through a tax preparer, with the
expected  refund as the source of repayment.  The  application  is subject to an
automated credit review process. If the application passes, the Company advances
to the  taxpayer  the amount of the refund  due on the  taxpayer's  return up to
specified  amounts  based  on  certain  criteria  less  the  loan fee due to the
Company.  Each  taxpayer  signs an agreement  permitting  the  Internal  Revenue
Service  (the  "IRS") to remit  their  refund to the  Company  instead of to the
taxpayer. The refund received from the IRS is used by the Company to pay off the
loan.  Any amount due the  taxpayer  above the amount of the RAL is then sent by
the Company to the taxpayer.  A fee is withheld by the Company from the advance,
but the fee is  recognized  as income only after the loan is collected  from the
IRS  payment.  The fee varies  based on the amount of the loan,  but it does not
vary with the length of time the loan is outstanding.  Nonetheless,  because the
taxpayer must sign a loan document,  the advance refund is considered a loan and
the fee is classified as interest income.

Losses are higher  for RALs than for most other loan types  because  the IRS may
reject or partially disallow the refund. The tax preparers  participating in the
program  are  located  across  the  country  and few of the  taxpayers  have any
customer  relationships  with the Company other than their RAL.  Many  taxpayers
make use of the service because they do not have a permanent  mailing address at
which to receive their refund.  Therefore,  if a problem occurs with the return,
collection efforts may be less effective than with local customers.

The  Company  has taken  several  steps to  minimize  losses  from these  loans.
Preparers  are  screened  before  they are  allowed to submit  their  electronic
filings, procedures have been defined for the preparers to follow to ensure that
the agreement  signed by the taxpayer is a valid loan,  and the  preparers'  IRS
reject rates are monitored  very  carefully.  If a preparer's  rejects are above
normal,  he or she may be  dropped  from  the  program.  If  rejects  are  below
expectations, the preparer may be paid an incentive fee.

In addition,  the Company has entered into cooperative agreements with the other
two banks with large RAL programs.  Under those agreements,  if a taxpayer owing
money to one bank from a prior year  applies for a loan from another  bank,  the
second bank repays the delinquent  amount to the first bank before remitting the
refund to the taxpayer. As shown in Table 7, these cooperative agreements result
in a relatively high rate of recovery on the prior year's losses.

Total net  charge-offs  in 1999 were $2.7  million  compared to $4.9  million in
1998. A  significant  portion of the 1999  charged-off  loans are expected to be
collected in 2000 under the continuing  cooperative  agreement between the banks
providing this product.

The IRS closely scrutinizes returns where a major portion of the refund is based
on a claim for Earned  Income Tax Credit  ("EIC").  The Company does not lend on
those  returns  where EIC  represents  an overly  large  portion of the  refund.
Nonetheless,  many  taxpayers not  qualifying  for loans still desire to receive
their refunds more quickly by having the refund sent  electronically  by the IRS
to the Company. The Company then prepares a check or authorizes the tax preparer
to issue a check to the taxpayer. The Company earned approximately $6.6 million,
$4.8 million,  and $2.9 million, in fees for 1999, 1998, and 1997,  respectively
for this refund transfer service. There is no credit risk associated with the RT
product,  because  funds  are not sent to the  customer  until  received  by the
Company from the IRS.

In 1999, the total pre-tax earnings for these programs was $9.4 million compared
with $4.5 million in 1998 and $3.4 million in 1997.

The  balances  outstanding  during  each tax filing  season are  included in the
average balance for consumer loans shown in Table 1, but there are no such loans
included in the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets as of December 31, 1999 and 1998,
because all loans not collected from the IRS are  charged-off at June 30 of each
year. The fees earned on the loans are included in the accompanying Consolidated
Income  Statements for 1999,  1998, and 1997 within  interest and fees on loans.
The fees earned on the refund  transfers are included in other service  charges,
commissions, and fees.

The Company expects that the programs will be substantially  larger in 2000 than
in prior  years  because  the IRS will be  providing  additional  support to the
program to encourage more taxpayers to file electronically.

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

Credit  risk is  inherent  in the  business  of  extending  loans and  leases to
individuals, partnerships, and corporations. The Company sets aside an allowance
or reserve for credit  losses  through  charges to earnings.  These  charges are
shown in the Consolidated  Income Statements as provision for credit losses. All
specifically  identifiable and quantifiable  losses are immediately  charged off
against the allowance.  However,  for a variety of reasons,  not all losses that
have  occurred are  immediately  made known to the Company and of those that are
known,  the full  extent of the loss may not be able to be  quantified.  In this
discussion,  "loans" include the lease contracts purchased and originated by the
Company.

Determination of the Adequacy of the Allowance for Credit Losses and the
Allocation Process

The Company  formally  determines  the adequacy of the  allowance on a quarterly
basis.  This  determination  is based on the periodic  assessment  of the credit
quality or "grading" of loans. Loans are initially graded when originated.  They
are  re-graded  as they  are  renewed,  when  there  is a new  loan to the  same
borrower, when identified facts demonstrate heightened risk of nonpayment, or if
they become  delinquent.  Re-grading of larger problem loans will occur at least
quarterly.  Confirmation  of the quality of the  grading  process is obtained by
independent  credit  reviews  conducted  by firms  specifically  hired  for this
purpose and by banking examiners.

After  reviewing  the  gradings  in the loan  portfolio,  the second  step is to
allocate or assign a portion of the allowance to groups of loans and  individual
loans to cover  Management's  estimate  of the loss  that  might  exist in them.
Allocation is related to the grade and other factors, and is done by the methods
discussed below.

The last step is to compare the amounts  allocated for  estimated  losses to the
current  allowance.  To the extent that the current allowance is insufficient to
cover  the  estimate  of  unidentified  losses,  Management  records  additional
provision  for credit  loss.  If the  allowance  is greater  than  appears to be
required at that point in time, provision expense is adjusted accordingly.

The Components of the Allowance for Credit Losses

Consistent with generally accepted  accounting  principles ("GAAP") and with the
methodologies used in estimating the unidentified  losses in the loan portfolio,
the allowance comprises several components.

First, the allowance includes a component  resulting from the application of the
measurement  criteria of Statements of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 114,
Accounting  by  Creditors  for  Impairment  of a Loan ("SFAS  114") and No. 118,
Accounting  by  Creditors  for  Impairment  of a  Loan--Income  Recognition  and
Disclosures ("SFAS 118"). The amount of this component is disclosed in Note 3 to
the consolidated financial statements that this discussion accompanies.

The second  component  is  statistically-based  and is  intended  to provide for
losses  that  have  occurred  in large  groups of  smaller  balance  loans,  the
individual  credit quality of which is  impracticable to re-grade at each period
end. These loans would include 1-4 family  residential real estate,  installment
and overdraft lines for consumers,  and loans to small  businesses  generally of
$100,000  and  less.  The  amount  allocated  is  determined  by  applying  loss
estimation factors to outstanding loans. The loss factors are based primarily on
the Company's historical loss experience tracked over a four to five year period
and accordingly will change over time. Because historical loss experience varies
for the different categories of loans, the loss factors applied to each category
also  differ.  In  addition,  there is a greater  chance  that the  Company  has
suffered a loss from a loan that was graded less than  satisfactory  at its most
recent grading than if the loan was last graded satisfactory. Therefore, for any
given  category,  a larger  loss  estimation  factor  is  applied  to less  than
satisfactory  loans than to those that the Company last graded as  satisfactory.
The  statistical  component  is the sum of the  allocations  determined  in this
manner.

The third component is needed to address specific  characteristics of individual
loans that are not addressed in the  statistically  determined  historical  loss
factors that would ordinarily  apply.  These  characteristics  might relate to a
variety of factors such as the size of the loan,  the industry of the  borrower,
or the terms of the loan. When situations warrant,  Management will increase the
allocation that would be indicated by the applicable  loss estimation  factor to
an amount  adequate to absorb the probable loss that has occurred.  The specific
component is made up of the sum of these specific allocations.

The Unallocated Component

The fourth or  "unallocated"  component of the  allowance for credit losses is a
component  that is intended to absorb losses that may not be provided for by the
other components.

There are several  primary  reasons that the other  components  discussed  above
might not be  sufficient  to absorb the losses  present in  portfolios,  and the
unallocated portion of the allowance is used to provide for the losses that have
occurred because of these reasons.

The first is that there are limitations to any credit risk grading process.  The
volume of loans makes it  impracticable  to re-grade  every loan every  quarter.
Therefore,  it is possible  that some  currently  performing  loans not recently
graded will not be as strong as their last grading and an  insufficient  portion
of the allowance will have been allocated to them. Grading and loan review often
must be done without  knowing  whether all relevant facts are at hand.  Troubled
borrowers may  inadvertently  or deliberately  omit important  information  from
reports  or  conversations  with  lending  officers  regarding  their  financial
condition and the diminished strength of repayment sources.

The second is that the loss  estimation  factors  are based on  historical  loss
totals.   As  such,  the  factors  may  not  give  sufficient   weight  to  such
considerations  as the current  general  economic and business  conditions  that
affect the Company's  borrowers  and specific  industry  conditions  that affect
borrowers in that industry. The factors might also not give sufficient weight to
current trends in credit quality and collateral  values and the long duration of
the current  business  cycle.  Specifically,  in assessing how much  unallocated
allowance needed to be provided at December 31, 1999,  Management considered the
following:

*  with respect to loans to the agriculture industry,  Management considered the
   effects on borrowers of weather conditions and overseas market conditions for
   exported products;

*  with respect to loans to the construction industry, Management considered the
   market  absorption  rates  for  developed  properties;  the  availability  of
   permanent  financing  to replace  the  construction  loan;  and  construction
   delays,   increased  costs,   and  financial   difficulties  of  contractors,
   subcontractors,  and suppliers  resulting from weather;  and the  significant
   concentration in construction lending in the market area served by FNB;

*  with respect to loans to borrowers who are  influenced by trends in the local
   tourist  industry,   Management  again  considered  the  effects  of  weather
   conditions, tourist preferences, and the competition for borrowers from other
   resort destinations and tourist attractions;

*  with respect to all loans, Management considered the potential for disruption
   of the normal  grading  process  through  diversion of efforts and  attention
   resulting from the  integration of the Company's  computer  systems after the
   merger, by the need to integrate  different grading systems,  and by the need
   for the credit risk assessment  process to encompass  different  markets that
   could be influenced by unique factors.

Thirdly,  neither  the  loss  estimation  factors  nor the  review  of  specific
individual  loans  give  consideration  to loan  concentrations,  yet this could
impact the  magnitude of losses  inherent in the  portfolios.  Specifically,  as
disclosed in Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements, there are certain
concentrations  with  respect  to  geographical  area,  industry,  and  type  of
collateral  among the loans that the Company has  outstanding.  Because economic
factors  could  impact  these  borrowers  as a  group,  losses  inherent  in the
portfolio  could be greater  and more  volatile  than would be  expected  if the
Company simply used the loss estimation factors.

Fourthly, the loss estimation factors do not give consideration to the seasoning
of the portfolios. Seasoning is relevant because losses are less likely to occur
in loans that have been  performing  satisfactorily  for  several  years than in
loans that are more  recent.  In  addition,  while term loans have  payments  of
principal and interest scheduled usually for each month, most loans and lines of
credit  in  the  commercial  loan  portfolio  have  short-term   maturities  and
frequently require payments of interest only until maturity. With a term loan, a
missed or late payment gives an immediate signal of a decline in credit quality.
Many of the Company's loans are commercial. Because they have shorter maturities
and lack regular principal amortization, the process of seasoning does not occur
and the signaling of the missed principal payment is not available.

Lastly,  the loss estimation  factors do not give  consideration to the interest
rate environment. Most obviously, borrowers with floating-rate loans may be less
able to manage their debt  service if interest  rates rise.  However,  there can
also be an indirect impact.  For example, a rise in interest rates may adversely
impact the amount of home mortgage  lending.  This will cause a reduction in the
amount of home building initiated by developers, and this will have an impact on
the credit quality of loans to building contractors in the commercial segment of
the portfolio.

Each of these  considerations  could be addressed by developing  additional loss
estimation factors for smaller,  discrete groups of loans.  However, the factors
are  used  precisely  so that  the  losses  in  smaller  loans do not have to be
individually estimated. Adding additional factors becomes impracticable and with
the smaller groups, the factors themselves become less statistically valid. Even
for experienced reviewers, grading loans and estimating possible losses involves
a significant  element of judgment  regarding the present situation with respect
to individual loans and the portfolio as a whole. Therefore,  Management regards
it as both a more practical and prudent practice to maintain the total allowance
at an amount larger than the sum of the amounts allocated as described above.

Allocation Table

Table 6 shows the amounts  allocated  for the last three years to each loan type
disclosed  in Table 4. It also shows the  percentage  of balances  for each loan
type to total loans. In general,  it would be expected that those types of loans
which  have   historically   more  loss   associated   with  them  will  have  a
proportionally  larger amount of the  allowance  allocated to them than do loans
which have less risk.

<TABLE>
TABLE 6--Allocation of the Allowance for Credit Losses
<CAPTION>
(dollars in thousands)             December 31, 1999           December 31, 1998          December 31, 1997
                               ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             Percent of                 Percent of                 Percent of
                                              Loans to                   Loans to                   Loans to
                                 Amount      Total Loans    Amount       Total Loans    Amount     Total Loans
                               ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                             <C>               <C>     <C>                <C>      <C>                <C>
Real estate:
    Residential                 $    2,534         24.4%  $    1,258          23.3%   $    1,910          21.0%
    Nonresidential                   3,038         22.0        4,005          30.1         4,413          33.1
    Construction
      and development                  800          8.7        1,512           6.9           724           4.4
Commercial, industrial,
    and agricultural                 9,636         29.1        6,517          22.9         4,749          22.8
Home equity lines                      343          2.5          533           3.0           620           4.3
Consumer                             2,684          7.5        1,813           7.8         1,490           7.6
Leases                               1,739          4.7        1,459           5.0         1,246           5.6
Municipal tax-exempt
    obligations                         --          0.6           --           0.6            --           0.6
Other                                  582          0.4        1,029           0.4             7           0.6
Not specifically allocated           7,330                    11,170                      10,255
                               ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total allowance                 $   28,686        100.0%  $   29,296         100.0%   $   25,414         100.0%
                               =================================================================================
Allowance for credit loss
    as a percentage of
    year-end loans                    1.45%                     1.85%                       1.94%

Year-end loans                  $1,981,879                $1,582,781                  $1,311,364
</TABLE>

It would also be expected that the amount  allocated for any particular  type of
loan will increase or decrease  proportionately  to both the changes in the loan
balances and to increases  or decreases in the  estimated  loss in loans of that
type.  In other words,  changes in the risk profile of the various  parts of the
loan portfolio should be reflected in the allowance allocated.

Occasionally,  changes in the amount  allocated to a specific loan category will
vary from  changes in the total loan  balance for that  category.  For  example,
residential  loans increased from the end of 1997 to the end of 1998 by 33%. The
amount of allowance  allocated to these loans  decreased by 34%. The reasons for
this are one,  that most of the  growth in  residential  loans  occurred  in 1-4
family properties,  which historically have a relatively low loss rate, and two,
that  during  1998,  several  larger  residential  loans for which  losses  were
expected to be recognized  were instead paid in full. In 1999,  the  residential
loans continued to grow and the amount of allowance allocated also increased.

Nonresidential loans had the same kind of change in allocation--the loan balance
was up from 1997 to 1998, but the  allocation was lower.  The reason for this is
that one relatively  large loan was  reclassified  from nonaccrual  status.  The
borrower had a history of failing to pay according to the terms of the loan, but
during 1998, payments were made according to terms and the Company significantly
reduced its estimate of loss in the loan.

The  changes  in the  allowance  allocated  to the  other  loan  categories  are
approximately proportional to the growth in balances for those categories.

There is no  allocation  of  allowance  to RALs at December 31 because all loans
unpaid are charged-off prior to year-end.  At the bottom of Table 6 is the ratio
of the allowance for credit losses to total loans for each year.

CREDIT LOSSES

Table  7,  "Summary  of  Credit  Loss  Experience,"   shows  the  additions  to,
charge-offs  against,  and  recoveries  for the  Company's  allowance for credit
losses.  Also shown is the ratio of charge-offs to average loans for each of the
last five  years.  This  ratio was  adversely  impacted  in 1995 with the higher
charge-offs  in the  RAL  program  and  by  problems  with  several  large  loan
relationships at SBB&T related to commercial real estate.

<TABLE>
TABLE 7--Summary of Credit Loss Experience
<CAPTION>
(dollars in thousands)                                                    Year Ended December 31
                                             1999          1998            1997           1996           1995
                                       ------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                     <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>
Balance of the allowance for
  credit losses at beginning of year    $    29,296    $   25,414     $   20,244    $  16,059      $  16,680
                                       ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Charge-offs:
    Real estate:
      Residential                                10           369            498          822          1,202
      Non-residential                           252           177             45        1,056          4,902
      Construction and development               --            --             --           --             --
    Commercial, industrial,
        and agricultural                      4,818         1,883          2,335        1,616          1,267
    Home equity lines                            30            --             --          264            156
    Tax refund anticipation                   5,518         7,221          5,946        1,123          4,402
    Other consumer                            1,649         1,598            724          457            523
                                       ----------------------------------------------------------------------
        Total charge-offs                    12,277        11,248          9,548        5,338         12,452
                                       ----------------------------------------------------------------------

Recoveries:
    Real estate:
      Residential                               175           329            268          172             62
      Non-residential                            35         1,341          1,876        2,330             21
      Construction and development                6            --             --           --             --
    Commercial, industrial,
        and agricultural                      1,150         1,188          1,087          441            528
    Home equity lines                            35            --            326           28            109
    Tax refund anticipation                   2,857         2,288          1,524        1,437            383
    Other consumer                            1,066           861            343          166            277
                                       ----------------------------------------------------------------------
        Total recoveries                      5,324         6,007          5,424        4,574          1,380
                                       ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Net charge-offs                               6,953         5,241          4,124          764         11,072
Allowance for credit losses recorded
        in acquisition transactions              --            --            794           --             --
Provision for credit losses
        refund anticipation loans             2,816         4,941          4,649        1,100          2,863
Provision for credit losses
        all other loans                       3,527         4,182          3,851        3,849          7,588
                                       ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at end of year                  $    28,686    $   29,296     $   25,414    $  20,244      $  16,059
                                       ======================================================================
Ratio of net charge-offs to
    average loans outstanding                 0.38%         0.37%          0.34%        0.08%          1.34%
Ratio of net charge-offs to
    average loans outstanding
    exclusive of RALs                         0.24%         0.02%         (0.03%)       0.12%          0.86%


Average Loans                           $ 1,809,404    $1,407,395     $1,201,394    $ 924,896      $ 826,083
Average RALs                                (12,391)       (9,169)       (10,079)      (2,040)        (4,484)
                                       ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Average Loans, net of RALs              $ 1,797,013    $1,398,226     $1,191,315    $ 922,856      $ 821,599
                                       ======================================================================

Net Charge-offs                         $     6,953    $    5,241     $    4,124        $ 764      $  11,072
RAL Net Charge-offs                           2,661         4,933          4,422         (314)         4,019
                                       ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Charge-offs, exclusive of RALs      $     4,292    $      308     $     (298)   $   1,078      $   7,053
                                       ======================================================================
</TABLE>

There are only two other banks in the country that have  national RAL  programs,
so the net charge-off  ratios for the Company are not  comparable  with those of
other institutions unless the RAL net charge-offs are eliminated.  The ratios of
the net charge-offs to average loans and losses  exclusive of RALs for the years
of 1995 through 1999 are also shown. The corresponding  ratios for the Company's
FDIC peers are 0.65% for 1999,  1.08% for 1998,  1.03% for 1997, 0.89% for 1996,
and 0.69% for 1995 (Note A).

The Company's concentration in loans secured by real estate--specifically  loans
secured by nonresidential  properties-- and other larger loans in the commercial
category  may cause a higher  level of  volatility  in credit  losses than would
otherwise be the case.  Large pools of loans made up of numerous  smaller  loans
tend to have consistent loss ratios.  A group  consisting of a smaller number of
larger loans in the same industry is  statistically  less  consistent and losses
may tend to occur at roughly  the same time.  Because  the amount of loss is not
consistent  period to period,  the estimate of loss and  therefore the amount of
allowance  adequate  to  cover  losses  inherent  in  the  portfolio  cannot  be
determined simply by reference to net charge-offs in the prior year or years.

The lower net  charge-offs  to average loans ratios  experienced  by the Company
since 1995 have in large part been due to the high levels of recoveries.  At the
end of each of the  years  1995  through  1998,  the  Company  had a  number  of
previously  charged-off  loans which it reasonably had hopes of recovering,  and
which were in fact recovered.  With these  recoveries,  net charge-offs for 1996
through 1999 have been  relatively low in proportion to the allowance for credit
loss. As of year end 1999,  there are few such potential  recoveries  aside from
RALs, and Management  therefore expects that in 2000 recoveries will be less and
that net charge-offs consequently may be higher than in prior years.

NONACCRUAL, PAST DUE, AND RESTRUCTURED LOANS

Table 8 summarizes the Company's nonaccrual and past due loans for the last five
years.

<TABLE>
TABLE 8--Nonaccrual and Past Due Loans
<CAPTION>
(dollars in thousands)                                                     December 31
                                                  1999          1998          1997           1996          1995
                                               --------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                              <C>            <C>          <C>             <C>          <C>
Nonaccrual                                       $ 14,152       $ 8,148      $ 11,245        $ 8,591      $ 11,453
90 days or more past due                               80            78           855          1,437           656
Restructured Loans                                     10             0           174            279           513
                                               --------------------------------------------------------------------
Total noncurrent loans                           $ 14,242       $ 8,226      $ 12,274        $10,307      $ 12,622
                                               ====================================================================
Total noncurrent loans as percentage
   of the total loan portfolio                      0.72%         0.52%         0.94%          0.96%         1.47%
Allowance for credit losses as a percentage
   of noncurrent loans                               201%          356%          207%           196%          127%
</TABLE>

Past Due Loans: Included in the amounts listed above as 90 days or more past due
are commercial and industrial,  real estate, and a diversity of secured consumer
loans.  These loans are well  secured and in the  process of  collection.  These
figures do not include loans in nonaccrual status.

Nonaccrual  Loans:  If there is  reasonable  doubt as to the  collectibility  of
principal or interest on a loan, the loan is placed in nonaccrual status,  i.e.,
the Company stops accruing income from the interest on the loan and reverses any
uncollected interest that had been accrued but not collected. These loans may or
may  not  be  collateralized.  Collection  efforts  are  being  pursued  on  all
nonaccrual loans. Consumer loans are an exception to this reclassification. They
are charged-off  when they become  delinquent by more than 120 days if unsecured
and 150 days if secured. Nonetheless, collection efforts are still pursued.

Restructured  Loans:  The  Company's  restructured  loans  have  generally  been
classified as nonaccural even after the restructuring.  Consequently,  they have
been  included  with other  nonaccrual  loans in Table 8. The only  restructured
loans the  Company  has had at the end of the last five years that have not been
classified as nonaccrual are reported in Table 8 on a separate line.

Charge-offs,    repayments   by   the   borrowers,   and   strengthened   credit
administration,  review,  and analysis  functions  account for the decrease from
$12.6  million at the end of 1995 to $10.3 million at year-end  1996.  The total
increased  at the end of 1997 to  $12.3  million  because  of  noncurrent  loans
acquired in the FVB and CSB  transactions,  but as a percentage  of total loans,
noncurrent  loans  slightly  decreased.  The major  change  during  1998 was the
reclassification  of the large  loan  mentioned  in the  section  entitled  "The
Components of the Allowance for Credit Losses" out of nonaccrual  status but the
total was reduced as well by rigorous  collection  efforts.  The total is higher
again  at the end of 1999  with  the  classification  of a few  larger  loans as
nonaccrual  during  1999.  As  indicated  in  the  above,  it is  generally  the
classification of such larger loans that impacts the noncurrent total.

Table 9 sets forth  interest  income from  nonaccrual  loans in the portfolio at
year-end that was not recognized.

<TABLE>
TABLE 9--Foregone Interest
<CAPTION>
(in thousands)                                                         Year Ended December 31
                                                                 1999           1998          1997
                                                               ---------------------------------------
<S>                                                               <C>             <C>          <C>
Interest that would have been recorded under original terms       $1,587          $ 905        $1,837
Gross interest recorded                                              771            669           930
                                                               ---------------------------------------
Foregone interest                                                 $  816          $ 236        $  907
                                                               =======================================
</TABLE>

DEPOSITS

An important  component in analyzing net interest  margin is the composition and
cost of the deposit  base.  Net  interest  margin is improved to the extent that
growth in  deposits  can be  focused in the lower  cost core  deposit  accounts:
demand deposits, NOW accounts, and savings. The average daily amount of deposits
by category and the average rates paid on such  deposits is  summarized  for the
periods indicated in Table 10.

<TABLE>
TABLE 10--Detailed Deposit Summary
<CAPTION>
(dollars in thousands)                                               Year Ended December 31
                                                1999                         1998                        1997
                                       -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          Average                      Average                   Average
                                          Balance      Rate            Balance     Rate          Balance     Rate
                                       -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                     <C>             <C>         <C>            <C>        <C>            <C>
NOW accounts                            $   300,065     0.68 %      $   278,176    1.11 %     $   246,545    1.08 %
Money market deposit accounts               577,693     3.07            552,760    3.40           526,282    3.53
Savings accounts                            203,196     1.87            187,213    2.30           159,704    2.44
Time certificates of deposit for                 --
    less than $100,000 and IRAs             430,920     4.75            426,769    5.32           343,905    5.51
Time certificates of deposit for                 --
    $100,000 or more                        359,951     4.80            300,215    5.28           230,240    5.42
                                       -------------               -------------             -------------
Interest-bearing deposits                 1,871,825     3.27 %        1,745,133    3.71 %       1,506,676    3.76 %
Demand deposits                             532,694                     441,670                   339,018
                                       -------------               -------------             -------------
                                        $ 2,404,519                 $ 2,186,803               $ 1,845,694
                                       =============               =============             =============
</TABLE>


The average rate paid on all deposits,  which had decreased  slightly from 3.76%
in 1997 to 3.71% in 1998,  continued  to  decrease  in 1999 to  3.27%.  This was
primarily  due to the decline in market  rates in the latter  half of 1998.  The
average  rates that are paid on deposits  generally  trail  behind  money market
rates because  financial  institutions  do not try to change  deposit rates with
each  small   increase  or  decrease  in   short-term   rates.   This   trailing
characteristic  is stronger with time deposits such as  certificates  of deposit
that pay a fixed rate for some  specified term than with deposit types that have
administered  rates.  Administered  rate deposit accounts like NOW, money market
deposit accounts ("MMDA"), and savings, are those products which the institution
can reprice at its option based on competitive pressure and need for funds. With
time deposit accounts, even when new offering rates are established, the average
rates  paid  during  the  quarter  are a blend of the rates  paid on  individual
accounts. Only new accounts and those that mature and are replaced will bear the
new rate. With market rates  increasing in the second half of 1999 and the early
part of 2000,  it is expected  that the average  deposit rates will be higher in
2000 than in 1999.

Table 11 discloses the distribution of maturities of CD's of $100,000 or more at
the end of each of the last three years.

<TABLE>
TABLE 11--Maturity Distribution of Time
Certificates of Deposit of $100,000 or More
<CAPTION>
(in thousands)                                        December 31
                                          1999            1998              1997
                                      -----------------------------------------------
<S>                                    <C>             <C>               <C>
Three months or less                   $ 171,518       $ 166,562         $ 114,396
Over three months through six months     109,981          74,518            68,385
Over six months through one year          89,661          65,355            75,386
Over one year                             15,485          17,241            23,663
                                      -----------------------------------------------
                                       $ 386,645       $ 323,676         $ 281,830
                                      ===============================================
</TABLE>

SECURITIES SOLD UNDER AGREEMENTS TO REPURCHASE AND FEDERAL FUNDS PURCHASED

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase ("repos") are a form of borrowing
that is secured by securities owned by the borrower.  Banks use these agreements
to borrow from other banks in order to provide temporary  liquidity and they may
also be  used to  provide  business  customers  with a  secured  alternative  to
deposits in excess of the $100,000  insured  amount.  Prior to 1999, the Company
had almost  exclusively used repos for the latter "retail" purpose.  Most of the
retail agreements are for terms of a few weeks to 90 days. Like the rate paid on
Federal funds purchased,  the interest rate paid on repos is tied to the Federal
funds sold rate. As discussed on pages 15 and 16, in 1999,  funds were needed to
make  loans in an amount  substantially  in excess of the  amount  generated  by
deposit  growth.  Overnight  borrowing from other banks was  frequently  used to
provide this liquidity  until  securities  matured or term  borrowings  could be
arranged.

Information  about  the  balances  and  rates  paid is  shown  in Note 10 to the
consolidated  financial  statements.  The average rate paid in 1999 of 4.66% was
higher  than the 1998 rate of 4.44% and the 4.54%  rate for 1997.  While  market
rates on average were lower in 1999 than in 1998, the repurchase agreements with
other banks bear higher interest rates than the retail repos with customers. The
higher  average  balance for 1999 also is  reflective of their use this year for
liquidity management.

Federal  funds  purchased  are a second form of overnight  borrowing  from other
banks.  Prior to 1999, the Company  primarily used this borrowing to accommodate
other local  community  financial  institutions  on the  Central  Coast that had
excess  cash to  invest  overnight.  Prior to  1999,  the  Company  occasionally
purchased  additional  funds from money  center banks to meet  liquidity  needs,
especially  during the RAL season.  In 1999, there was an increasing use of this
source of funds to management short-term liquidity.  Information on the balances
and rates paid for these funds is also disclosed in Note 10 to the  consolidated
financial statements.  Because these are overnight borrowings,  the average rate
paid to various parties on any one day may vary  substantially  from the average
rate for the year.  Typically,  the Federal funds rate is quite  volatile on the
last day of the year.  This  accounts  for the high rate paid on these funds the
last day of 1997  compared  to the average  for the year.  The Company  received
correspondingly  higher  interest on the Federal  funds it sold those days.  The
lower rates at the end of 1998  compared to the average rate for the year is due
more to  declining  rates  during the latter  part of the year than to  abnormal
rates on the last day and the  higher  rate at the end of 1999 is due to  rising
interest rates during the latter part of that year.

OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED

Real property owned by the Company that was acquired in foreclosure  proceedings
is termed Other Real Estate  Owned.  As explained in Note 1 to the  consolidated
financial statements,  the Company held some properties at December 31, 1999 and
1998,  but had  written  their  carrying  value  down to  zero  to  reflect  the
uncertainty of realizing any net proceeds from their disposal.

As part of the  loan  application  process,  the  Company  reviews  real  estate
collateral for possible problems from  contamination by hazardous waste. This is
reviewed again before any foreclosure proceedings are initiated.

NONEARNING ASSETS

For a bank,  nonearning  assets are those assets like cash reserves,  equipment,
and premises that do not earn interest.  The ratio of nonearning assets to total
assets is watched  carefully by Management  because it represents the efficiency
with which funds are used.  Tying up funds in nonearning  assets either  lessens
the amount of interest  that may be earned or it requires the  investment of the
smaller  earning asset base in higher yielding but riskier assets to achieve the
same income level.  Management therefore believes that a low level of nonearning
assets  is part of a  prudent  asset/liability  management  strategy  to  reduce
volatility in the earnings of the Company.

The ratio of nonearning  assets to total assets has remained very low during the
last three years with an average of 6.15% in 1997,  6.33% in 1998,  and 6.57% in
1999.  As a result of the two  acquisitions  noted above,  the Company  recorded
approximately  $17 million in goodwill and approximately $3 million in premises,
equipment and other nonearning assets. Some of the increase in nonearning assets
in 1999 was due to holding  extra  amounts of cash on hand during  November  and
December in case there was a large demand for currency as 2000 approached. Also,
subsequent  to the fire that  destroyed  the  Company's  administrative  center,
additional  costs have been  incurred for leasehold  improvements  and furniture
related to the new center.  As of  September  30,  1999,  the  average  ratio of
nonearning  assets to total assets for bank holding companies of comparable size
was 6.91%.

OTHER OPERATING INCOME

Fees earned by the Trust and  Investment  Services  Division  remain the largest
component  of other  operating  income,  reaching  $13.1  million in 1999.  Fees
increased  by  $1,419,000  or 12% over 1998.  The market  value of assets  under
administration  on which  the  majority  of fees are based  increased  from $2.0
billion at the end of 1998 to $2.4 billion at the end of 1999.  Included  within
total fees in 1999 were $1,174,000 for trusteeship of employee benefit plans and
$1,082,000  from the sales of mutual funds and annuities.  The Company  provides
assistance to customers to determine what investments best match their financial
goals and helps the customers  allocate their funds  according to the customers'
risk  tolerance  and need for  diversification.  The funds and annuities are not
operated  by the  Company,  but instead  are  managed by  registered  investment
companies.   The  Division  also  provides  investment  management  services  to
individuals and organizations.

Included  within other service  charges,  commissions  and fees are service fees
arising from the processing of merchants' credit card deposits, escrow fees, and
a number of other fees charged for special  services  provided to  customers.  A
significant  source of income in this category is tax refund transfer fee income
which  totaled  $6.6  million in 1999  compared to $4.8 million in 1998 and $2.9
million in 1997.  As  explained  in the  previous  discussion  on the tax refund
programs, many of the taxpayers not qualifying for loans still had their refunds
sent by the IRS to the Company  which then issued the refund  check more quickly
than the IRS. The Company  began  earning  substantial  fees for this service in
1995. Management expects that this will continue to provide a significant source
of income in 2000 and beyond.

The Company  continues  to work on  increasing  other income and fees due to its
importance as a potential contributor to profitability.

OTHER OPERATING EXPENSE

Total other  operating  expenses have increased over the last three years as the
Company has grown.  These  expenses  are often  calculated  as a  proportion  of
average  assets  as a  means  of  providing  comparisons  with  other  financial
institutions.  As a percentage of average  assets,  these expenses were 3.92% in
1997, 4.28% in 1998, and 3.97% in 1999.

The  increase  from 1997 to 1998 is  primarily  due to  expenses  related to the
merger with PCB. The Company  incurred  $11.7 million in other  expenses for the
merger.  The  nature of these  expenses  is  explained  in the  section  of this
Discussion titled "Merger with Pacific Capital Bancorp". Without these expenses,
the ratio of other operating expense to average assets would be 3.81%.

Another ratio that is used to compare the  Company's  expenses to those of other
financial  institutions is the operating efficiency ratio. This ratio takes into
account the fact that for many  financial  institutions  much of their income is
not  asset-based,  i.e.,  it is based on fee for services  provided  rather than
income earned from a spread  between the interest  earned on assets and interest
paid  on  liabilities.   The  operating   efficiency  ratio  measures  how  much
noninterest  expense  is spent in earning a dollar of  revenue  irrespective  of
whether the revenue is asset-based or fee-based. The Company spent 57.6 cents in
1999 for each dollar of revenue  compared to 59.1 cents for its holding  company
peers.  In 1998,  the ratios  were 62.7 cents for the Company and 62.5 cents for
its peers. Without the merger expenses, the Company's ratio would have been 55.8
cents.  In 1997,  the ratios  were 57.8 cents for the Company and 60.0 cents for
its peers.

Within  the whole  category  of other  operating  expense,  salary  and  benefit
expenses have increased  19.7% from 1997 to 1999 compared to a 30.7% increase in
average earning assets and a 33.3% growth in total revenues  (exclusive of gains
or losses on securities) for the same period.

Net occupancy and equipment  expense have  increased  from 1997 to 1999 by 26.0%
because of some branch office renovation,  increases in lease expense, upgrading
of  equipment  to  handle   increased   transaction   volumes  and  to  maintain
technological competitiveness, and the addition of new offices.

CAPITAL RESOURCES

Under current regulatory  definitions,  the Company is  "well-capitalized,"  the
highest  rating  of the  five  categories  defined  under  the  Federal  Deposit
Insurance Corporation Improvement Act ("FDICIA").

Capital Adequacy Standards

The primary measure of capital adequacy for regulatory  purposes is based on the
ratio of risk-based  capital to risk weighted  assets.  This method of measuring
capital  adequacy is meant to  accomplish  several  objectives:  1) to establish
capital  requirements  that  are  more  sensitive  to the  differences  in  risk
associated with various assets;  2) to explicitly take into account  off-balance
sheet exposure in assessing capital adequacy;  and, 3) to minimize disincentives
to holding liquid, low-risk assets.

The  Company,  as a bank holding  company,  is required by the FRB to maintain a
risk-based  capital  ratio of at least 8.0%.  At the end of 1998,  the Company's
ratio was 11.7%.  The minimum levels  established by the FRB, the minimum levels
necessary to be considered  well  capitalized  by regulatory  definition and the
Company's  ratios  as of  December  31,  1999 are  presented  in Note 17.  It is
Management's  intent to  maintain  capital  in  excess  of the well  capitalized
requirement,  and as of year-end all ratios exceed this threshold. SBB&T and FNB
are also required to maintain a risk-based  capital ratio of 8.0%. SBB&T's ratio
at the end of 1999 was 11.0% and FNB's was 11.4%.  PCCM has no  minimum  capital
requirements.

The  risk-based  capital  ratio is impacted not only by the relative size of the
various asset categories, but is also strongly impacted by the management of the
securities  portfolios.  The Company's  ratio  decreased from 12.6% for year-end
1997 to 11.8% for year-end  1999.  This occurred first as the result of shift in
assets from securities and overnight funds to loans. All loan categories  except
1-4 family  residential  real estate have a risk weighting of 100% which is much
higher than the risk weightings for securities and overnight funds. In addition,
within the securities portfolios,  there was a shift in the relative proportions
of the  various  security  types  from the  U.S.  Treasury  securities  that are
assigned a zero risk weighting to other such as U.S.  agency  securities,  state
and municipal securities, and Federal funds sold that have a 20% risk weighting.

Future Sources and Uses of Capital and Expected Ratios

The Company has been  increasing  loans as a percentage of total assets in order
to increase net interest income.  However,  Management  intends and expects that
the Company and the  subsidiary  banks will continue to exceed the standards for
well capitalized institutions because of sustained growth in capital resources.

Net income has provided  $104.1  million in capital in the last three years.  Of
this amount, $43.1 million, or 41.4% was distributed in dividends.

In addition to the capital  generated from the operations of the Bank,  over the
years a significant  source of capital  growth has been the exercise of employee
and director stock options. The extent of the growth from this source in any one
year  depends on a number of  factors,  among them the  current  stock  price in
relation to the price at the time options were granted and the number of options
that would expire if not exercised during the year.

The net  increase  to capital  from the  exercise  of options is lessened by the
ability of option holders to pay the exercise price of options by trading shares
of stock they already own, termed  "swapping".  In 1999, the increase to capital
from the exercise of options (net of shares surrendered as payment for exercises
and taxes) was $6.0 million or 28.9% of the net growth in  shareholders'  equity
in the year.  This was less than the  $11,057,000  or 47.5%  percent  of capital
growth due to option exercises in 1998. In that year, a larger number of options
would have  expired  if not  exercised  than  would have  expired in 1999 if not
exercised.  At December  31,  1999,  there were  approximately  754,000  options
outstanding and exercisable at less than the then current market price,  with an
average  exercise  price of $10.65.  This  represents  a  potential  addition to
capital of $8.0 million,  if all options were exercised with cash.  Because many
options are likely to be exercised  by swapping,  some amount less than the $8.0
million in new capital will result from the exercise of options, and the options
are likely to be exercised over a number of years.

Tender Offer and Other Share Repurchase

As disclosed in Note 9 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements, in
1997 the Company offered to purchase up to 1,000,000 shares of common stock duly
tendered by February 21, 1997.  The number of shares  tendered on that date were
130,494 or 0.9% of the then  outstanding  shares.  The  Company  paid $15.00 per
share or approximately $2.0 million for the stock tendered,  which was accounted
for as a retirement  of shares and reduction of capital in 1997. As explained in
the tender offer, this action was taken: 1) to provide  shareholders with larger
holdings an  opportunity to sell shares if they had not been able to because the
market was not able to absorb  larger  blocks;  and 2) because  the  significant
earnings  growth over the last several years had resulted in an  accumulation of
capital in excess of current and anticipated needs.

In prior years, the Company occasionally  repurchased shares of its common stock
to offset the  increased  number of shares issued as a result of the exercise of
employee stock options.  In 1998,  because the merger with PCB was accounted for
as a pooling-of-interests,  the Company suspended purchases at the initiation of
the merger  discussions  and  repurchased  only 150,000  shares  compared to the
issuance of 807,000  shares  resulting  from the exercise of stock  options.  In
1999, the Company  repurchased 68,000 shares to partially offset the issuance of
413,000 shares resulting from the exercise of stock options.

There are no material  commitments  for  capital  expenditures  or  "off-balance
sheet" financing  arrangements as of the end of 1999, except as reported in Note
18 to the consolidated financial statements. Legal limitations on the ability of
the subsidiary  banks to declare  dividends to the Bancorp are discussed in Note
17.

REGULATION

The Company is strongly impacted by regulation. The Company and its subsidiaries
may engage only in lines of business that have been approved by their respective
regulators,  and cannot open, close, or relocate offices without their approval.
Disclosure  of the terms and  conditions of loans made to customers and deposits
accepted  from  customers  are both  heavily  regulated  as to content.  FDICIA,
effective in 1992, required banks to meet new capitalization  standards,  follow
stringent outside audit rules, and establish stricter internal  controls.  There
were also new  requirements  to ensure that the Audit  Committee of the Board of
Directors is independent.

The  subsidiary  banks are required by the  provisions of the federal  Community
Reinvestment Act ("CRA"),  to make significant  efforts to ensure that access to
banking  services is available to every segment of the community.  They are also
required to comply with the provision of various other consumer  legislation and
regulations.  The  Company  and the banks must file  periodic  reports  with the
various  regulators  to keep them  informed  of their  financial  condition  and
operations as well as their compliance with all the various regulations.

The three regulatory agencies--the FRB for the Company and SBB&T, the California
Department of Financial  Institutions  for SBB&T,  and the OCC for  FNB--conduct
periodic  examinations  of the Company and its  subsidiary  banks to verify that
their  reporting is accurate and to ascertain  that they are in compliance  with
regulations.

A banking agency may take action against a bank holding company or a bank should
it find that the financial  institution has failed to maintain adequate capital.
This  action  has  usually  taken the form of  restrictions  on the  payment  of
dividends to  shareholders,  requirements to obtain more capital from investors,
and  restrictions  on  operations.  The FDIC may also take action against a bank
which is not  acting  in a safe and  sound  manner.  Given  the  strong  capital
position  and  performance  of the  Company and the banks,  Management  does not
expect to be impacted by these types of restrictions in the foreseeable future.

The  Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act was enacted as Federal legislation in late 1999. The
effective  date of the act is March 11,  2000.  The  provisions  of the act will
permit  banking  organizations  to enter into areas of business  from which they
were previously restricted.  Similarly,  other kinds of financial  organizations
will be permitted to conduct business now provided by banks.  Management expects
that over the next several years the Company will develop new  opportunities for
business and will face increased  competition as a result of the passage of this
act.

IMPACT OF INFLATION

Inflation  has been minimal for the last several  years and has had little or no
impact on the  financial  condition  and  results of  operations  of the Company
during the periods discussed here.

LIQUIDITY

Liquidity is the ability to raise funds on a timely basis at an acceptable  cost
in  order  to meet  cash  needs.  Adequate  liquidity  is  necessary  to  handle
fluctuations in deposit levels,  to provide for customers'  credit needs, and to
take advantage of investment  opportunities  as they are presented in the market
place.

The  Company's  objective  is to  ensure  adequate  liquidity  at all  times  by
maintaining liquid assets, by being able to raise deposits and liabilities,  and
by having access to funds via capital  markets.  Having too little liquidity can
result in difficulties in meeting commitments and lost opportunities. Having too
much  liquidity can result in less income  because  liquid assets usually do not
earn as high an interest rate as less liquid assets.

As indicated in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, the principal sources
of cash for the  Company  have  been  interest  payments  received  on loans and
investments,  proceeds  from the  maturity or sale of  securities  and  bankers'
acceptances, and the growth in deposits and other borrowings.

To manage the Company's liquidity properly,  however, it is not enough to merely
have large cash inflows;  they must be timed to coincide with  anticipated  cash
outflows.  Also,  the  available  cash  on  hand  or  cash  equivalents  must be
sufficient  to meet the  exceptional  demands that can be expected  from time to
time relating to natural catastrophes such as flood, earthquakes, and fire.

The Company  manages its  liquidity  adequacy by  monitoring  and  managing  its
immediate liquidity, intermediate liquidity, and long term liquidity.

Immediate  liquidity  is the ability to raise funds today to meet  today's  cash
obligations.  Sources of immediate  liquidity  include  cash on hand,  the prior
day's Federal funds sold position, unused Federal funds and repurchase agreement
lines and  facilities  extended by other banks and major brokers to the Company,
access to the Federal Home Loan Bank for short-term advances,  and access to the
Federal  Reserve Bank's  Discount  Window.  The Company has established a target
amount for sources of available  immediate  liquidity.  This amount is increased
during certain periods to accommodate  any liquidity  risks of special  programs
like RALs.

As discussed in various  sections  above,  continued  strong loan demand in 1999
outpaced  the deposit  growth and required the Company to rely more on overnight
borrowing to maintain immediate liquidity than had been the case in prior years.
The rate paid on these  borrowings is more than would be paid for deposits,  but
aside from this,  there have been no adverse  consequences  from relying more on
borrowing  ability  than on  holding  liquid  assets in excess of the  immediate
amounts needed.  The Company's  strong capital  position and earnings  prospects
have meant that these sources of borrowing have been readily available.

Intermediate  liquidity is the ability to raise funds during the next few months
to meet cash  obligations  over those next few months.  Sources of  intermediate
liquidity  include  maturities or sales of bankers'  acceptances and securities,
term repurchase  agreements,  and term advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank.
The Company  monitors the cash flow needs of the next few months and  determines
that the sources are adequate to provide for these cash needs.

Long term  liquidity  is the  ability to raise  funds  over the entire  planning
horizon to meet cash needs  anticipated due to strategic  balance sheet changes.
Long term liquidity sources include initiating special programs to increase core
deposits in expanded market areas,  reducing the size of securities  portfolios,
taking long-term advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank,  securitizing  loans,
and accessing  capital  markets.  The fixed-rate loans the Company borrowed from
the  Federal  Home Loan Bank to fund the  retention  of a portion of the 30-year
fixed rate  residential real estate loans is an example of coordinating a source
of long term liquidity with asset/liability management.

INCOME TAX EXPENSE

Income tax  expense is the sum of two  components,  the  current  tax expense or
provision  and the  deferred  expense or  provision.  Current tax expense is the
result of applying the current tax rate to taxable income.

The  deferred  tax  provision is intended to account for the fact that income on
which the Company pays taxes with its returns differs from pre-tax income in the
accompanying  Consolidated  Income Statements.  Some items of income and expense
are recognized in different  years for income tax purposes than in the financial
statements.  For example,  the Company is only  permitted to deduct from Federal
taxable  income  actual  net loan  charge-offs,  irrespective  of the  amount of
provision  for  credit  loss  (bad debt  expense)  recognized  in its  financial
statements.  This  causes  what  is  termed  a  "temporary  difference"  because
eventually, as loans are charged-off, the Company will be able to deduct for tax
purposes  what has  already  been  recognized  as an  expense  in the  financial
statements.  Another example is the accretion of discount on certain securities.
Accretion is the  recognition as interest  income of the excess of the par value
of a  security  over  its  cost at the  time  of  purchase.  For  its  financial
statements,  the Company recognizes income as the discount is accreted.  For its
tax return,  however, the Company can defer the recognition of that income until
the cash is received at the maturity of the security. The first example causes a
deferred  tax asset to be created  because  the  Company  has  recognized  as an
expense for its  current  financial  statements  an item that it will be able to
deduct from its taxable  income in a future year.  The second  example  causes a
deferred  tax  liability,  because  the  Company  has been able to delay until a
subsequent year the paying of tax on an item of current year financial statement
income.

The Company  measures all of its deferred tax assets and  liabilities at the end
of each year. The difference between the net asset or liability at the beginning
of the year and the end of the year is the deferred tax provision for the year.

Most of the Company's temporary  differences  involve recognizing  substantially
more expenses in its financial statements than it has been allowed to deduct for
taxes.  This  results  in a net  deferred  tax  asset.  Deferred  tax assets are
dependent for realization on past taxes paid,  against which they may be carried
back, or on future taxable  income,  against which they may be offset.  If there
were a question  about the  Company's  ability to realize the  benefit  from the
asset,  then it would have to record a valuation  allowance against the asset to
reflect the uncertainty.  Given the amount and nature of the Company's  deferred
assets,  the past taxes  paid,  and the  likelihood  of future  taxable  income,
realization  is assured for the full amount of the net deferred tax asset and no
valuation allowance is needed.

The amounts of the  current  expense and  deferred  benefit,  the amounts of the
various deferred tax assets and liabilities, and the tax effect of the principal
temporary  differences  between taxable income and pre-tax  financial  statement
income  are  shown  in  Note  8  to  the  accompanying   consolidated  financial
statements.

COMMON STOCK PRICES AND DIVIDENDS

Stock prices and cash  dividends  declared for the last eight quarters are shown
on page 5. The Company's  stock is listed on the Nasdaq  National Market System.
The trading symbol is SABB. Stock prices represent  trading activity through the
National Market System.

For the years 1999,  1998,  and 1997,  the Company has declared  cash  dividends
which  were  39.9%,  54.5%,  and 39.2%,  respectively,  of its net  income.  The
Company's  policy is to pay  dividends of  approximately  35%-40% of the last 12
months  earnings.  Because  earnings were  significantly  reduced in 1998 by the
one-time  merger  expenses,  the ratio for 1998 is higher than  usual.  The most
recent  information  for the  Company's  peers shows an average  payout ratio of
29.8%.  The Board of  Directors  periodically  increases  the  dividend  rate in
acknowledgment  that  earnings have been  increasing  by a sufficient  amount to
ensure adequate  capital and also provide a higher return to  shareholders.  The
last increase was declared in the third quarter of 1998.

MERGER WITH PACIFIC CAPITAL BANCORP

On December 30, 1998,  SBB completed its merger with PCB and assumed the name of
its merger  partner  to most  clearly  reflect  the broad  geography  of the new
multi-bank organization.

The agreement provided for PCB shareholders to receive 1.935 shares of SBB stock
in exchange for each of their shares. Based on the closing price of SBB stock as
of the date of the  merger,  the  value of the  merger  was  approximately  $216
million, 2.8 times the book value of PCB. The transaction was accounted for as a
pooling of interests.  As such,  all financial  results for periods prior to the
merger are reported as if the merger  occurred at the  beginning of the earliest
period presented.

CENTURY DATE CHANGE ("Y2K")

Beginning in 1997,  the Company  undertook the  significant  project of ensuring
that all of its  critical  systems  would be able to  function in the year 2000.
These systems included (1) data processing systems;  (2) building and facilities
systems like vaults,  elevators,  and heating and air conditioning  systems, and
(3)  telecommunication  systems.  In  addition,  reviews  were  conducted of the
response plans of the Company's major customers and other financial institutions
on whom the Company  relies as  suppliers  of funds.  The Company  also  closely
monitored the response  plans of the utilities  and  telecommunication  firms on
which it is dependent.  The Company  underwent a number of reviews by regulatory
agencies of its progress with this project.

As a result of these preparations, no significant problems were encountered with
the Company's  critical systems and through the writing of this discussion,  the
Company has become aware of no significant problems encountered by its customers
or the other financial institutions with which it does business. The Company has
become aware of no significant impact on its customers' abilities to repay loans
due to  problems  with their  systems.  The  Company  will  remain  alert to the
potential for problems to arise later in 2000,  especially  because it will be a
leap year.

The total cost of the project was approximately  $2,652,000,  which included the
cost  of  outside  contract   programmers,   software  and  hardware   purchased
specifically  to be ready  for Y2K,  and the  rental  of a  generator  and other
special  equipment  for  the  period  surrounding  year  end.  Of  this  amount,
approximately  $1,741,000  was  expensed in 1999,  with the balance  having been
expensed in 1997 and 1998.

<PAGE>


NOTES TO MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

NOTE A

In various places  throughout this discussion,  comparisons will be made between
ratios for the Company and for its holding company or FDIC peers.

The holding  company peer is a group of 155  companies  with an asset size of $1
billion to $3 billion.  The peer  information  is  reported in the Bank  Holding
Company  Performance  Report  received from the FRB for the 3rd Quarter of 1999,
the latest quarter for which the report has been distributed as of this writing.

The FDIC peer group comprises 300+ banks with an asset size of $1 billion to $10
billion,  and the  information set forth above is reported in or calculated from
information reported in the FDIC Quarterly Banking Profile,  Third Quarter 1999,
which is the latest issue available. The publication does not report some of the
statistics cited in this report by the separate size-based peer groups. In these
instances, the figure cited is for all FDIC banks regardless of size.

The  particular  peer  group  used for  comparison  depends on the nature of the
information in question.  Company data like capital  ratios and dividend  payout
are compared to other holding companies, because capital is generally managed at
the  holding  company  level and  dividends  to  shareholders  are paid from the
holding company,  not the individual banks.  Expense and revenue ratios are also
compared to other holding  company data because many holding  companies  provide
significant  services to their subsidiary banks and may also provide services to
customers as well.  These items would not be included in FDIC  bank-level  data.
Credit  information  relates to what is  generally a  bank-level  activity,  the
making of loans, and the FDIC data in this area is more pertinent.

NOTE B

When  comparing  interest  yields  and costs  year to year,  the use of  average
balances  more   accurately   reflects  trends  since  these  balances  are  not
significantly impacted by period-end transactions. The amount of interest earned
or paid for the year is also directly related to the average balances during the
year and not to what the balances happened to be on the last day of the year.

NOTE C

For Tables 1 and 3, the yield on tax-exempt  state and municipal  securities and
loans has been computed on a tax equivalent basis. To compute the tax equivalent
yield for these  securities one must first add to the actual  interest earned an
amount such that if the resulting total were fully taxed,  the after-tax  income
would be equivalent to the actual tax-exempt income.  This tax equivalent income
is then divided by the average balance to obtain the tax equivalent  yield.  The
dollar  amount  of the  adjustment  is  shown at the  bottom  of Table 1 as "Tax
equivalent  income included in interest  income from  nontaxable  securities and
loans."

NOTE D

For  purposes  of Table 1,  loans in a  nonaccrual  status are  included  in the
computation of average balances in their respective loan categories.

NOTE E

For purposes of the amounts in Table 2 relating to the volume and rate  analysis
of net  interest  margin,  the portion of the change in interest  earned or paid
that is attributable to changes in rate is computed by multiplying the change in
interest rate by the prior year's average balance.  The portion of the change in
interest earned or paid that is attributable to changes in volume is computed by
multiplying  the change in average  balances by the prior year's  interest rate.
The portion of the change that is not  attributable  either solely to changes in
volume or changes in rate is prorated  on a weighted  basis  between  volume and
rate.

NOTE F

A yield  curve is a  graphic  representation  of the  relationship  between  the
interest  rate  and the  maturity  term  of  financial  instruments.  Generally,
interest rates on shorter maturity financial instruments are less than those for
longer term instruments. For example, at December 31, 1999, 1 year U.S. Treasury
notes sold at a price  that  yielded  5.96%  while 30 year notes sold at a price
that yielded 6.48%. A line drawn that plots this  relationship for a whole range
of  maturities  will be  "steeper"  when the rates on long-term  maturities  are
substantially higher than those on shorter term maturities. The curve is said to
be "flatter" when there is not as much of a difference.

NOTE G

While banker's acceptances  generally result from the financing of a shipment of
goods  between a particular  purchaser  and seller,  in  financial  markets they
function as a negotiable short-term debt instrument.

NOTE H

A large  number of home  mortgage  loans may be grouped  together by a financial
institution  into a  pool.  This  pool  may  then  be  securitized  and  sold to
investors.  The payments received from the borrowers on their mortgages are used
to pay the investors.  The mortgage  instruments  themselves are the security or
backing for the investors and the securities are termed mortgage-backed.

Collateralized mortgage obligations are like mortgage-backed  securities in that
they involve a pool of mortgages.  However, payments received from the borrowers
are not equally paid to investors.  Instead,  investors purchase portions of the
pool that have different repayment characteristics. This permits the investor to
better time the cash flows that will be received.

Asset-backed  securities are like  mortgage-backed  securities except that loans
other than mortgages are the source of repayment.  For instance,  these might be
credit card loans or auto loans.

NOTE I

LIBOR is an acronym for London Interbank  Offering Rate.  Originally a rate used
primarily in international banking, it is now commonly used as an index rate for
many financial transactions.

<PAGE>

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Audited consolidated financial statements and related documents required by this
item are included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K on the pages indicated:



Management's Responsibility for Financial Reporting                  40

Report of Independent Public Accountants--Arthur Andersen LLP        41

Independent Auditors' Report--KPMG LLP                               42

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1999 and 1998         43

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years
ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997                              44

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the
years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997                        45

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity
for the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997                46

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997                                    47

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                           48



The following unaudited  supplementary data is included in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K on the page indicated:



Quarterly Financial Data                                             77

<PAGE>

MANAGEMENT'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR
FINANCIAL REPORTING

The Management of Pacific Capital Bancorp (the "Company") is responsible for the
preparation,   integrity,   and  fair   presentation  of  the  Company's  annual
consolidated  financial  statements and related financial data contained in this
report.  With  the  exception  that  some  of the  information  in  Management's
Discussion  and Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of  Operations  is
presented on a tax-equivalent  basis to improve  comparability,  all information
has been prepared in accordance with generally  accepted  accounting  principles
and, as such,  includes  certain  amounts  that are based on  Management's  best
estimates and judgments.

The consolidated financial statements presented on pages 43 through 47 have been
audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, who have been given  unrestricted  access to all
financial  records  and  related  data,  including  minutes of all  meetings  of
shareholders,  the Board of Directors,  and committees of the Board.  Management
believes that all  representations  made to Arthur Andersen LLP during the audit
were valid and appropriate.

Management is responsible for  establishing  and maintaining an internal control
structure  over  financial  reporting.  Two of the  objectives  of this internal
control  structure are to provide  reasonable  assurance to  Management  and the
Board of Directors that transactions are properly authorized and recorded in our
financial  records,   and  that  the  preparation  of  the  Company's  financial
statements and other  financial  reporting is done in accordance  with generally
accepted accounting principles.

Management  has made its own  assessment of the  effectiveness  of the Company's
internal control structure over financial  reporting as of December 31, 1999, in
relation to the criteria described in the report,  Internal  Control--Integrated
Framework,  issued by the Committee of Sponsoring  Organizations of the Treadway
Commission.

There are inherent  limitations  in the  effectiveness  of any internal  control
structure,  including the  possibility of human error and the  circumvention  or
overriding  of  controls.   Accordingly,  even  an  effective  internal  control
structure can provide only  reasonable  assurance with respect to reliability of
financial  statements.  Furthermore,  the  effectiveness of any internal control
structure  can vary with  changes in  circumstances.  Nonetheless,  based on its
assessment,  Management  believes that as of December 31, 1999,  Pacific Capital
Bancorp's  internal control  structure was effective in achieving the objectives
stated above.

The Board of Directors is responsible  for reviewing and monitoring the policies
and  practices  employed by  Management  in preparing  the  Company's  financial
reporting. This is accomplished through its Audit Committee,  which is comprised
of directors  who are not officers or  employees of the Company.  The  Committee
reviews accounting policies, control procedures,  internal and independent audit
reports,  and  regulatory  examination  reports with  Management,  the Company's
internal  auditors,  and  representatives  of  Arthur  Andersen  LLP.  Both  the
Company's internal auditors and the  representatives of Arthur Andersen LLP have
full and free access to the  Committee  to discuss any issues which arise out of
their examinations without Management present.






/s/David W. Spainhour     /s/William S. Thomas, Jr. /s/Donald Lafler
David W. Spainhour        William S. Thomas, Jr.    Donald Lafler
President and             Vice-Chairman and         Executive Vice President and
Chief Executive Officer   Chief Operating Officer   Chief Financial Officer
Pacific Capital Bancorp   Pacific Capital Bancorp   Pacific Capital Bancorp

<PAGE>


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS





To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors
of Pacific Capital Bancorp:

We have audited the accompanying  consolidated balance sheets of Pacific Capital
Bancorp (a California  corporation) and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1999 and
1998, and the related consolidated  statements of income,  comprehensive income,
changes in shareholders'  equity,  and cash flows for each of the three years in
the  period  ended  December  31,  1999.  These  financial  statements  are  the
responsibility of Pacific Capital Bancorp's management. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We did not
audit the financial statements of Pacific Capital Bancorp for fiscal years prior
to its  acquisition  during  1998 by Santa  Barbara  Bancorp,  in a  transaction
accounted for as a pooling of  interests,  as discussed in Notes 1 and 19 to the
accompanying consolidated financial statements.  Such statements are included in
the accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements of Pacific Capital Bancorp
and  reflect net income of 33.5  percent  for 1997 of the  related  consolidated
totals.  These  statements  were audited by other auditors whose report has been
furnished to us and our opinion,  insofar as it relates to amounts  included for
Pacific Capital Bancorp prior to the merger,  is based solely upon the report of
the other auditors.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted
in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit
to obtain reasonable  assurance about whether the financial  statements are free
of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting  the amounts and  disclosures in the financial  statements.  An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates
made by  management,  as well as  evaluating  the  overall  financial  statement
presentation.  We  believe  that our  audits  and the  report of other  auditors
provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  based on our audits and the report of the other  auditors,  the
financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects,
the  financial  position  of Pacific  Capital  Bancorp  and  Subsidiaries  as of
December 31, 1999 and 1998, and the results of its operations and its cash flows
for each of the three years in the period ended  December 31, 1999 in conformity
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.





Los Angeles, California                               ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
February 4, 2000

<PAGE>


INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT



The Board of Directors
Pacific Capital Bancorp:

We  have   audited  the   accompanying   consolidated   statements   of  income,
shareholders' equity, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 1997 of the
predecessor  Pacific Capital Bancorp and subsidiaries  (prior to its merger into
Santa Barbara Bancorp) (the Company).  These consolidated  financial  statements
are the  responsibility of the Company's  management.  Our  responsibility is to
express an  opinion  on these  consolidated  financial  statements  based on our
audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
Those standards  require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance   about  whether  the  financial   statements  are  free  of  material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly,  in all material  respects,  the results of operations and cash flows of
the predecessor  Pacific Capital Bancorp and  subsidiaries  (prior to its merger
into Santa Barbara  Bancorp) for the year ended December 31, 1997, in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles.



KPMG LLP



Mountain View, California
January 23, 1998
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
                    PACIFIC CAPITAL BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

<CAPTION>
(in thousands except stated value)                                                  December 31
                                                                              1999               1998
                                                                        ---------------------------------
<S>                                                                        <C>                <C>
Assets:
    Cash and due from banks (Note 5)                                       $  121,500         $  114,206
    Federal funds sold                                                             --             69,890
    Money market funds                                                             --              1,567
      Total cash and cash equivalents                                         121,500            185,663
    Securities (approximate market value of $687,576
        in 1999 and $808,388 in 1998) (Note 2):
      Held-to-maturity                                                        153,264            194,769
      Available-for-sale                                                      528,426            596,996
        Total securities                                                      681,690            791,765
    Bankers' acceptances and commercial paper                                      --             19,888
    Loans (Note 3)                                                          1,981,879          1,582,781
      Less: allowance for credit losses (Note 4)                               28,686             29,296
        Net loans                                                           1,953,193          1,553,485
    Premises and equipment, net (Note 6)                                       35,175             29,916
    Accrued interest receivable                                                17,345             15,944
    Other assets (Notes 8 & 19)                                                70,379             52,757
                                                                        ---------------------------------
Total assets                                                               $2,879,282         $2,649,418
                                                                        =================================
Liabilities:
    Deposits (Note 7):
      Noninterest bearing demand deposits                                   $ 546,193          $ 498,266
      Interest bearing deposits                                             1,893,988          1,831,410
        Total deposits                                                      2,440,181          2,329,676
    Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
      and Federal funds purchased (Note 10)                                    80,507             27,796
    Long-term debt and other borrowings (Note 11)                              98,801             44,953
    Accrued interest payable and
      other liabilities (Notes 8, 13, and 15)                                  25,220             32,993
                                                                        ---------------------------------
        Total liabilities                                                   2,644,709          2,435,418
                                                                        ---------------------------------
Commitments and contingencies (Note 18)

Shareholders' equity (Notes 9, 13 and 17):
    Common stock-- no par value, $0.33 stated value; shares
      authorized: 60,000; shares issued and outstanding:
      24,554 in 1999 and 24,209 in 1998.                                        8,186              8,071
    Preferred stock-- no par value; shares authorized: 1,000;
      shares issued and outstanding: none                                          --                 --
    Surplus                                                                    99,283             95,498
    Accumulated other comprehensive income (Note 1)                            (6,447)             3,496
    Retained earnings                                                         133,551            106,935
                                                                        ---------------------------------
        Total shareholders' equity                                            234,573            214,000
                                                                        ---------------------------------
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity                                 $2,879,282         $2,649,418
                                                                        =================================
<FN>
The  accompanying  notes  are an  integral  part of these  consolidated  balance
sheets.
</FN>
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
                    PACIFIC CAPITAL BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

                        CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

<CAPTION>
(in thousands, except for per share data)                             Year Ended December 31
                                                               1999               1998                1997
                                                       ------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                         <C>                <C>                 <C>
Interest income:
    Interest and fees on loans (Note 3)                     $ 164,572          $ 138,537           $ 120,106
    Interest on securities:
      U.S. Treasury obligations                                10,615             14,436              15,229
      U.S. agency obligations                                   9,733              7,023               4,669
      State and municipal securities                            9,202              9,345               8,312
      Collateralized mortgage obligations                      12,247             13,337               7,302
      Asset-backed securities                                     848                716                 181
      Equity securities                                           500                493                 540
    Interest on Federal funds sold and securities
      purchased under agreement to resell                       3,590              8,653               7,136
    Interest on money market funds                                 29                162                 663
    Interest on bankers' acceptances                              307                937               4,134
                                                       ------------------------------------------------------
         Total interest income                                211,643            193,639             168,272
                                                       ------------------------------------------------------
Interest expense:
    Interest on deposits (Note 7)                              61,300             64,770              56,582
    Interest on securities sold under agreements
      to repurchase and Federal funds purchased
      (Note 10)                                                 1,761              1,098               1,512
    Interest on long-term debt and other
      borrowings (Note 11)                                      4,795              2,245               2,496
                                                       ------------------------------------------------------
         Total interest expense                                67,856             68,113              60,590
                                                       ------------------------------------------------------

Net interest income                                           143,787            125,526             107,682
Provision for credit losses (Notes 1 and 4)                     6,375              9,123               8,500
                                                       ------------------------------------------------------
Net interest income after provision for credit losses         137,412            116,403              99,182
                                                       ------------------------------------------------------
Other operating income:
    Service charges on deposit accounts                         8,911              8,660               7,684
    Trust fees (Note 1)                                        13,095             11,676              10,089
    Other service charges, commissions and fees
      (Note 12)                                                18,624             16,602              11,868
    Net gain (loss) on sales and calls of securities
      (Notes 1, 2, and 8)                                        (286)               214                (395)
    Other income                                                1,274              1,069               1,196
                                                       ------------------------------------------------------
         Total other operating income                          41,618             38,221              30,442
                                                       ------------------------------------------------------
Other operating expense:
    Salaries and other compensation (Note 16)                  43,400             40,178              34,334
    Employee benefits (Notes 13 and 15)                         8,245              9,100               8,806
    Net occupancy expense (Notes 6 and 18)                      9,362              8,160               7,430
    Equipment rental, depreciation and
      maintenance (Note 6)                                      6,254              6,965               5,380
    Other operating expense (Note 12)                          43,128             41,679              27,103
                                                       ------------------------------------------------------
         Total other operating expense                        110,389            106,082              83,053
                                                       ------------------------------------------------------
Income before provision for income taxes                       68,641             48,542              46,571
Provision for income taxes (Note 8)                            24,367             18,975              16,288
                                                       ------------------------------------------------------
Net income                                                  $  44,274          $  29,567           $  30,283
                                                       ======================================================
Basic earnings per share (Note 16)                          $    1.81          $    1.24           $    1.29
Diluted earnings per share (Note 16)                        $    1.79          $    1.21           $    1.25

<FN>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.
</FN>
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
                    PACIFIC CAPITAL BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

<CAPTION>
(in thousands)                                                           Year Ended December 31
                                                                      1999         1998          1997
                                                                  ---------------------------------------
<S>                                                                   <C>          <C>           <C>
Net income                                                            $44,274      $29,567       $30,283
                                                                  ---------------------------------------
Other  comprehensive  income,  net of tax (Note 8)
  Unrealized  gain (loss) on securities:
     Unrealized holding (losses) gains arising during period          (10,229)       1,809         1,699
     Reclassification adjustment for losses (gains)
      included in net income                                              286          (81)          232
                                                                  ---------------------------------------
        Other comprehensive income, net of tax (benefit)
        expense of $(4,677), $1,254 and $1,401 for the years
        ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997 respectively            (9,943)       1,728         1,931
                                                                  ---------------------------------------
Comprehensive income                                                  $34,331      $31,295       $32,214
                                                                  =======================================
<FN>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.
</FN>
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
                    PACIFIC CAPITAL BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
<CAPTION>
                                                                      Accumulated
(in thousands except for per                                             Other
   share data)                                   Common Stock *       Comprehensive   Retained
                                  Shares      Amount      Surplus       Income        Earnings        Total
- - - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                <C>         <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Balance, December 31, 1996         23,077      $7,693       $82,169       $  (163)      $ 81,540      $171,239
Activity for 1997:
   Exercise of stock
     options (Note 9)                 370         123         2,742            --             --         2,865
   Retirement of
     common stock (Note 9)           (289)        (96)       (5,326)           --             --        (5,422)
   5% stock dividend, including
     payment of fractional shares     394         131         8,869            --         (9,040)          (40)
   Cash dividends declared
     at $0.49 per share                --          --            --            --        (10,132)      (10,132)
   Changes in unrealized gain
     (loss) on securities
     available-for-sale                --          --            --         1,931             --         1,931
   Net income                          --          --            --            --         30,283        30,283
- - - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance, December 31, 1997         23,552       7,851        88,454         1,768         92,651       190,724
Activity for 1998:
   Exercise of stock
     options (Note 9)                 807         270        10,787            --             --        11,057
   Retirement of
     common stock (Note 9)           (150)        (50)       (3,743)           --             --        (3,793)
   Cash dividends declared
     at $0.66 per share                --          --            --            --        (15,283)      (15,283)
   Changes in unrealized gain
     (loss) on securities
     available-for-sale                --          --            --         1,728             --         1,728
   Net income                          --          --            --            --         29,567        29,567
- - - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance, December 31, 1998         24,209       8,071        95,498         3,496        106,935       214,000
Activity for 1999:
   Exercise of stock
     options (Note 9)                 413         138         5,818            --             --         5,956
   Retirement of
     common stock (Note 9)            (68)        (23)       (2,033)           --             --        (2,056)
   Cash dividends declared
     at $0.72 per share                --          --            --            --        (17,658)      (17,658)
   Changes in unrealized gain
     (loss) on securities
     available-for-sale                --          --            --        (9,943)            --        (9,943)
   Net income                          --          --            --            --         44,274        44,274
- - - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance, December 31, 1999         24,554      $8,186       $99,283       $(6,447)      $133,551      $234,573
===============================================================================================================
<FN>
*  Preferred stock of 1,000,000 shares is authorized. At December 31, 1999 there
   are no preferred shares issued and outstanding.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.
</FN>
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
                    PACIFIC CAPITAL BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
<CAPTION>
(in thousands)
                                                                        Year Ended December 31
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents (Note 1):         1999          1998          1997
                                                              -----------------------------------------
<S>                                                           <C>           <C>           <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
   Net income                                                 $   44,274    $   29,567    $   30,283
   Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
          provided by operations:
     Depreciation and amortization                                 6,586         7,033         5,196
     Provision for credit lease losses                             6,375         9,123         8,500
     Net origination of loans available for sale                      --            --        (4,702)
     Gain on sale of loans                                            --           (21)          (11)
     (Benefit) provision for deferred income taxes                (2,092)        1,060        (1,946)
     Net recovery on other real estate owned                          --          (118)           87
     Net amortization of discounts and premiums for
       securities and bankers' acceptances                        (6,108)       (3,412)       (4,449)
     Net change in deferred loan origination fees and costs          165           346           570
     Increase in accrued interest receivable                      (2,715)       (1,037)       (4,790)
     (Decrease) increase in accrued interest payable                (268)         (131)           52
     Net loss (gain) on sales and calls of securities                287          (214)          395
     (Decrease) Increase in income taxes payable                  (1,758)        5,804        (1,478)
     Other operating activities                                  (20,861)        8,915           488
                                                              ---------------------------------------
     Net cash provided by operating activities                    23,885        56,915        28,195
                                                              ---------------------------------------
Cash flows from investing activities:
   Purchase of common stock of First Valley
     Bank and Citizens State Bank (Note 19)                           --            --       (42,270)
   Proceeds from sales, calls, and maturities of securities      243,755       227,464       236,319
   Purchase of securities (Note 2)                              (128,161)     (276,619)      359,036)
   Proceeds from sale or maturity of bankers' acceptances
     and commercial paper                                         49,995        63,358       170,415
   Purchase of bankers' acceptances and commercial paper         (29,805)      (34,452)      155,084)
   Net increase in loans made to customers                      (406,033)     (276,803)      126,207)
   Disposition of property from defaulted loans                       --           264         1,799
   Purchase of tax credit investment                              (6,933)       (3,688)           --
   Purchase of investment in premises and equipment              (10,409)       (6,841)       (7,150)
                                                              ---------------------------------------
     Net cash used in investing activities                      (287,591)     (307,317)      281,214)
                                                              ---------------------------------------
Cash flows from financing activities:
   Net increase in deposits                                      110,505       242,123       212,404
   Net increase (decrease) in borrowings
     with maturities of 90 days or less                           52,711         6,503       (14,167)
   Cash received in connection with branch acquisition                --            --        24,694
   Net increase in other borrowings                               53,848         4,900            --
   Proceeds from issuance of common stock (Note 9)                 2,129         4,919         2,825
   Payments to retire common stock (Note 9)                       (2,055)       (3,791)       (5,422)
   Dividends paid                                                (17,595)      (12,907)       (9,668)
                                                              ---------------------------------------
     Net cash provided by financing activities                   199,543       241,747       210,666
                                                              ---------------------------------------
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents                        (64,163)       (8,655)      (42,353)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period                 185,663       194,318       197,426
Cash and cash equivalents acquired in acquisitions                    --            --        39,245
                                                              ---------------------------------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period                    $  121,500    $  185,663    $  194,318
                                                              =======================================
Supplemental disclosure:
   Interest paid during the year                              $   67,588    $   68,020    $   61,528
   Income taxes paid during the year                          $   23,234    $   15,505    $   16,269
   Non-cash additions to other real estate owned (Note 1)     $       --    $      236    $      220
   Transfer from retained earnings to common stock
     due to stock dividends                                   $       --    $       --    $    9,000

<FN>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.
</FN>
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Pacific  Capital  Bancorp (the  "Company") is a bank holding  company  organized
under the laws of California. The Company is the surviving corporation resulting
from the merger on December 30, 1998 of Santa  Barbara  Bancorp  ("SBB") and the
former  Pacific  Capital  Bancorp  ("PCB").  The merger was  accounted  for as a
pooling of interests. Accordingly, all historical financial information has been
restated  as if the  merger  had been in effect for all  periods  presented.  To
recognize its newly expanded market areas,  the Company assumed the name Pacific
Capital Bancorp.

Nature of Operations

Through its two principal subsidiaries, Santa Barbara Bank & Trust ("SBB&T") and
First National Bank of Central  California  ("FNB") the Company  provides a full
range of commercial  banking  services to individuals and business  enterprises.
The  banking  services  include  making  commercial,   leasing,   consumer,  and
commercial  and  residential  real  estate  loans.  Deposits  are  accepted  for
checking,  interest-bearing  checking ("NOW"),  money-market,  savings, and time
accounts.  The banks offer safe deposit boxes,  travelers checks,  money orders,
foreign  exchange  services,  and cashiers  checks.  In addition to the services
provided at both banks,  FNB offers  Small  Business  Administration  guaranteed
loans to its customers and SBB&T provides  escrow  services to its customers.  A
wide range of wealth  management  services  are  offered  through  the Trust and
Investment  Services divisions of SBBT and FNB. The offices of SBB&T are located
in Santa  Barbara  County  and in  western  Ventura  County.  Offices of FNB are
located in the  counties of Monterey and Santa Cruz.  Offices in southern  Santa
Clara County and San Benito  County are  maintained  under the name South Valley
National Bank, an affiliate of FNB.

The Company's third  subsidiary is Pacific Capital  Commercial  Mortgage Company
(formerly called "Sanbarco Mortgage  Company").  Its primary business activities
are directed to brokering commercial real estate loans and servicing those loans
for a  fee.  While  these  activities  are  not  material  in  relation  to  the
consolidated  financial position or results, they were organized into a separate
company to limit possible risk exposure to the banks.

A fourth subsidiary, Pacific Capital Services Corporation, is inactive.

Basis of Presentation

The accounting and reporting policies of the Company and its subsidiaries are in
accordance with generally accepted accounting  principles ("GAAP") in the United
States and conform to practices  within the banking  industry.  The consolidated
financial  statements  include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries.
All significant intercompany balances and transactions are eliminated.

The  preparation of  consolidated  financial  statements in accordance with GAAP
requires  Management to make certain  estimates and assumptions which affect the
amounts of reported  assets and  liabilities  as well as  contingent  assets and
liabilities as of the date of these  financial  statements.  These estimates and
assumptions also affect the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting   period(s).   Although   Management   believes  these  estimates  and
assumptions to be reasonably accurate, actual results may differ.

Securities

The Company  purchases  securities  with funds that are not needed for immediate
liquidity  purposes and have not been lent to customers.  These  securities  are
classified either as held-to-maturity or available-for-sale. This classification
is made at the time of  purchase.  Only those  securities  that the Company both
intends  and  is  able  to  hold  until  their  maturity  may be  classified  as
held-to-maturity.  Securities  that might be sold prior to  maturity  because of
interest rate changes, to meet liquidity needs, or to better match the repricing
characteristics  of funding  sources are classified as  available-for-sale.  The
Company  purchases  no  securities  specifically  for later resale at a gain and
therefore holds no securities that should be classified as trading securities.

The Company's  securities that are classified as held-to-maturity are carried at
"amortized  historical  cost".  This  is the  purchase  price  increased  by the
accretion of discounts or decreased by the  amortization  of premiums  using the
effective  interest  method.  Discount  is the  excess of the face  value of the
security  over the cost and  accretion of the discount  increases  the effective
yield for the security  above the interest  rate for its coupon.  Premium is the
excess of cost  over the face  value of the  security  and  amortization  of the
premium reduces the yield for the security below the coupon rate.  Discounts are
accreted and premiums are  amortized  over the period to maturity of the related
securities, or to earlier call dates, if appropriate. There is no recognition of
unrealized gains or losses for these securities.

The interest income from securities that are classified as available-for-sale is
recognized  in the  same  manner  as  for  securities  that  are  classified  as
held-to-maturity,  including the accretion of discounts and the  amortization of
premiums.  However, unlike the securities that are classified  held-to-maturity,
securities  classified  available-for-sale  are  reported  on  the  consolidated
balance  sheets  at  their  fair  value.  Changes  in the  fair  value  of these
securities are not  recognized as a gain or loss in the Company's  statements of
income,  but are  instead  reported  net of the tax  effect on the  consolidated
balance sheets as a separate  component of equity captioned  "Accumulated  other
comprehensive  income."  The  changes in fair value are  included as elements of
comprehensive income in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

Loans and Interest and Fees from Loans

Loans are carried at amounts  advanced to the borrowers less principal  payments
collected.  Interest  on  loans is  accrued  on a simple  interest  basis.  Loan
origination  and  commitment  fees,  offset by certain  direct loan  origination
costs,  are deferred and recognized over the contractual  life of the loan as an
adjustment to the interest earned.  The net unrecognized fees represent unearned
revenue, and they are reported as reductions of the loan principal  outstanding,
or as  additions to the loan  principal  if the deferred  costs are greater than
deferred fees.

Nonaccrual  Loans:  When a borrower  is not  making  payments  as  contractually
required by the note,  the  Company  must decide  whether it is  appropriate  to
continue  to  accrue  interest.  Generally  speaking,  loans  are  placed  in  a
nonaccrual  status,  i.e., the Company stops  accruing or  recognizing  interest
income on the loan,  when the loan has become  delinquent  by more than 90 days.
The Company may decide that it is appropriate to continue to accrue  interest on
some loans more than 90 days  delinquent  if they are well secured by collateral
and collection efforts are being actively pursued. Such loans are categorized as
nonperforming loans.

When a loan is  placed in a  nonaccrual  status,  any  accrued  but  uncollected
interest for the loan is written off against interest income from other loans of
the same type in the period in which the status is changed.  No further interest
income is  recognized  until all recorded  amounts of principal are recovered in
full  or  until   circumstances  have  changed  such  that  payments  are  again
consistently received as contractually required.

Impaired  Loans:  A loan is  identified  as impaired  when it is  probable  that
interest and principal will not be collected  according to the contractual terms
of the loan  agreement.  Because  this  definition  is very similar to that of a
nonaccrual loan, most impaired loans will be classified as nonaccrual.  However,
there  are some  loans  that are  termed  impaired  because  of doubt  regarding
collectibility of interest and principal according to the contractual terms, but
which are presently  both fully  secured by collateral  and are current in their
interest and principal  payments.  These  impaired  loans are not  classified as
nonaccrual.  Under generally accepted accounting principles, the term "impaired"
only applies to certain types or classes of loans and therefore,  there are some
nonaccrual loans which are not categorized as impaired.

Allowance for Credit Losses

If a borrower's  financial  condition becomes such that he or she is not able to
fully repay a loan or lease  obligation  extended by the Company,  a loss to the
Company  has  occurred.  When the Company  has  determined  that such a loss has
occurred, the principal amount of the loan, or a portion thereof, is charged-off
against an established  allowance so that the value of the Company's  assets are
not overstated by retaining an  uncollectible  loan at its outstanding  balance.
However,  because loan officers  cannot be in daily contact with each  borrower,
the Company  almost never knows  exactly  when such a loss might have  occurred.
Therefore,  in  order  to  fairly  state  the  value  of the  loan  and  leasing
portfolios,  it is necessary to make an estimate of the amount of loss  inherent
but  unrecognized  in these credit  portfolios  prior to the realization of such
losses through charge-off.

Generally accepted accounting principles, banking regulations, and sound banking
practices  require that the Company record this estimate of unrecognized  losses
in the form of an allowance for credit losses. The allowance is increased by the
provision for credit  losses which is a charge to income in the current  period.
The allowance is decreased by the  charge-off of loans net of any  recoveries of
loans previously charged-off.

The  allowance for credit losses  consists of several  components.  The first is
that  portion of the  allowance  specifically  allocated to those loans that are
categorized  as impaired under  provisions of Statement of Financial  Accounting
Standards  No. 114,  Accounting  by Creditors  for  Impairment  of a Loan ("SFAS
114"). The remaining  components  include a statistically  allocated  portion, a
specifically allocated portion, and an unallocated portion. These components are
reported  together  in  the  allowance  for  credit  loss  in  the  accompanying
consolidated  balance  sheets  and in Note 4.  Each of these  components  of the
allowance  for credit losses is  maintained  at a level  considered  adequate to
provide for losses that can reasonably be anticipated. However, the allowance is
based on  estimates,  and ultimate  losses may vary from the current  estimates.
These estimates are reviewed  periodically and, as adjustments become necessary,
they are reported as  provisions  against  earnings in the periods in which they
become known.

Component for Impaired Loans:  Under GAAP, the Company is permitted to determine
the  valuation  allowance  for  impaired  loans  on a  loan-by-loan  basis or by
aggregating loans with similar risk characteristics. Because the number of loans
classified as impaired is relatively  small and because special factors apply to
each,  the Company  determines  the valuation  allowance for impaired loans on a
loan-by-loan basis.

The amount of the valuation  allowance allocated to any particular impaired loan
is determined  by comparing the recorded  investment in each loan with its value
measured by one of three methods: (1) by discounting estimated future cash flows
at the effective  interest  rate; (2) by observing the loan's market price if it
is of a kind for  which  there is a  secondary  market;  or (3) by  valuing  the
underlying  collateral.  A valuation  allowance is established for any amount by
which the recorded  investment  exceeds the value of the impaired  loan.  If the
value of the loan,  as  determined  by one of the  above  methods,  exceeds  the
recorded  investment  in the  loan,  no  valuation  allowance  for that  loan is
established.

Historical  Loss  Component:  The  statistical  component  of the  allowance  is
intended  to provide for losses  that occur in large  groups of smaller  balance
loans, the individual credit quality of which is impracticable to review at each
period  end.  The  amount of this  component  is  determined  by  applying  loss
estimation  factors to outstanding loans and leases.  The loss factors are based
primarily on the Company's  historical loss experience.  Because historical loss
experience  differs for the various  categories of credits,  the loss estimation
factors applied to each category also differ.

Component  for  Specific  Credits:  There are a number of  credits  for which an
allowance  computed by application of the  appropriate  loss  estimation  factor
would not adequately  provide for the  unconfirmed  loss inherent in the credit.
This might occur for a variety of reasons  such as the size of the  credit,  the
industry  of the  borrower,  or the terms of the  credit.  In these  situations,
Management  will  increase the  allocation  to an amount  adequate to absorb the
probable  loss that will be incurred.  The specific  component is made up of the
sum of these specific allocations.

Unallocated  Component:  The  unallocated  component of the allowance for credit
losses  is  intended  to  absorb  losses  that may not be  covered  by the other
components.  For  example,  the  historical  loss  estimation  factors  used for
statistical  allocation may not give sufficient weight to such considerations as
the current general  economic and business  conditions that affect the Company's
borrowers  or to specific  industry  conditions  that affect  borrowers  in that
industry.  Additionally,  the factors may not give sufficient  weight to current
trends in credit quality and  collateral  values and the duration of the current
business cycle.  Lastly,  the factors are not derived in a manner that considers
loan volumes and concentrations and seasoning of the loan portfolio.

Complete  information on the financial condition of the borrower and the current
disposal  value of any  collateral  is not  generally  available  at the time an
estimation of the loss must be made. This introduces significant  uncertainty in
the estimation process used to determine the adequacy of specific allocations.

Income Taxes

The Company is required to use the accrual  method of  accounting  for financial
reporting purposes as well as for tax return purposes.  However, there are still
several items of income and expense that are recognized in different periods for
tax  return  purposes  than  for  financial  reporting   purposes.   Appropriate
provisions  have been made in the  financial  statements  for deferred  taxes in
recognition of these temporary differences.

Premises and Equipment

Premises and  equipment  are stated at cost less  accumulated  depreciation  and
amortization.  Depreciation is charged against income over the estimated  useful
lives of the  assets.  For most assets with  longer  useful  lives,  accelerated
methods  of  depreciation  are  used  in  the  early  years,  switching  to  the
straight-line  method in later  years.  Assets  with  shorter  useful  lives are
generally  depreciated  by  straight-line  method.  Leasehold  improvements  are
amortized  over the terms of the  leases or the  estimated  useful  lives of the
improvements,  whichever is shorter.  Generally,  the estimated  useful lives of
other items of premises and equipment are as follows:

      Buildings and improvements  10-25 years
      Furniture and equipment       5-7 years
      Electronic equipment          3-5 years

Trust Fees

Fees for most trust  services are based on the market value of customer  assets,
and an estimate of the fees is accrued  monthly.  Fees for unusual or infrequent
services are recognized when the fee can be determined.

Earnings Per Share

Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 128, Earnings Per Share ("SFAS
128") became  effective  for the Company as of December  31, 1997.  Earnings per
share for all periods  presented in the  Consolidated  Statements  of Income are
computed in accordance with the provisions of this  statement,  and are based on
the weighted average number of shares outstanding during each year retroactively
restated for stock dividends and stock splits.

Diluted  earnings per share include the effect of common stock  equivalents  for
the Company,  which include only shares  issuable on the exercise of outstanding
options.  The number of options  assumed to be exercised  is computed  using the
"Treasury  Stock  Method." This method assumes that all options with an exercise
price lower than the end-of-period  stock price have been exercised and that the
proceeds  from  the  assumed  exercise  and the  tax  benefit  received  for the
difference  between the market  price and the  exercise  price would be used for
market repurchases of shares.

Upon implementation, SFAS 128 required the restatement of earnings per share for
all  prior  periods  presented  in  the  Company's   financial   statements.   A
reconciliation  of the  computation  of basic  earnings  per share  and  diluted
earnings per share is presented in Note 16.

Statement of Cash Flows

For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash and
due from banks, Federal funds sold, and securities purchased under agreements to
resell.  Federal funds and securities  purchased under  agreements to resell are
one-day  transactions,  with the Company's  funds being  returned to it the next
day.

Postretirement Health Benefits

The Company  provides  eligible  retirees  with  postretirement  health care and
dental  benefit  coverage.  These  benefits are also provided to the spouses and
dependents of retirees on a shared cost basis. Benefits for retirees and spouses
are subject to deductibles,  copayment  provisions,  and other limitations.  The
expected cost of such  benefits is charged to expense  during the years that the
employees  render service to the Company and thereby earn their  eligibility for
benefits.

Other Real Estate Owned

Other real  estate  owned  ("OREO")  represents  real  estate  acquired  through
foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure.  OREO is carried at the lower of the
outstanding balance of the loan before acquisition or the fair value of the OREO
less estimated costs to sell. If the outstanding  balance of the loan is greater
than the fair value of the OREO less estimated disposal costs at the time of the
acquisition,  the  difference  is  charged-off  against the allowance for credit
losses.  Any senior debt to which other real estate owned is subject is included
in the carrying  amount of the property and an offsetting  liability is reported
along with other borrowings.

During the time the property is held, all related operating or maintenance costs
are expensed as incurred and additional  decreases in the fair value are charged
to other operating expense by establishing valuation allowances in the period in
which they become known. Expenditures related to improvements are capitalized to
the extent that they are realizable  through  increases in the fair value of the
properties.  Increases in the fair value may be recognized as reductions of OREO
operating  expense  to the  extent  that they  represent  recoveries  of amounts
previously  written-down.  Increases in market value in excess of the fair value
at the time of foreclosure are recognized only when the property is sold.

At December 31, 1999 and 1998, the Company held real estate  properties that had
been  acquired  through  foreclosure,  but the  value  of the  property  and the
estimated  disposal  costs were so  uncertain  that no amount is reported on the
balance sheet for that date.

Stock-Based Compensation

Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation ("SFAS 123") became effective January 1, 1996. Under the accounting
method that had been in effect prior to the effective date of this statement, if
options were granted at an exercise price equal to the market value of the stock
at the time of the grant,  no  compensation  expense  was  recognized.  SFAS 123
established a second  accounting  method for employee  stock options under which
issuers  record  compensation  expense  over the period they are  expected to be
outstanding  prior to  exercise,  expiration,  or  cancellation.  The  amount of
compensation  expense to be recognized over this term is the "fair value" of the
options at the time of the grant as determined by an option pricing  model.  The
option pricing model attributes fair value to the options based on the length of
their  term,  the  volatility  of the  stock  price in past  periods,  and other
factors.  Under this method,  the Company would recognize  compensation  expense
regardless  of whether the officer or director  exercised  the options.  In SFAS
123, the FASB has  indicated its  preference  for the new method.  However,  the
statement permits entities to retain the prior method. The Company believes that
the prior  method  better  reflects  the  motivation  for its  issuance of stock
options,  namely,  that they are incentives for future  performance  rather than
compensation for past performance. Therefore, in adopting SFAS 123 on January 1,
1996,  the Company  chose to continue to account for its stock  option  plans in
accordance  with the prior  method.  SFAS 123  requires  entities  that elect to
retain  the prior  method to  present  pro forma  disclosures  of net income and
earnings per share as if the new method had been applied.  The Company  presents
these disclosures in Note 16.

Derivative Financial Instruments

Interest  rate swaps and interest rate caps and floors may be used to manage the
Company's  exposure to interest rate risks.  These  instruments are specifically
allocated  to the assets or  liabilities  being  managed and are recorded in the
financial statements at cost. Net interest income or expense, including premiums
paid or received,  is recognized  over the effective  period of the contract and
reported as an adjustment to interest income or expense.  The Company  currently
holds interest rate swaps with a notional amount of $34 million.

Goodwill

In connection  with the  acquisitions  of First Valley Bank ("FVB") and Citizens
State Bank ("CSB") as described in Note 19, the Company recognized the excess of
the  purchase  price over the  estimated  fair value of the assets  received and
liabilities  assumed  as  goodwill.  The  goodwill  is  being  amortized  on the
straight-line method over 15 years.  Goodwill was also recognized as a result of
the  acquisition of several  branches.  The  unamortized  carrying amount of the
goodwill recorded for each acquisition is periodically reviewed by Management in
order  to  determine  if  facts  and  circumstances   suggest  that  it  is  not
recoverable.  This is determined based on expected  undiscounted cash flows from
the net assets of the acquired entity, and consequently  goodwill for the entity
would be reduced by the estimated  cash flow  deficiency.  No such  deduction in
goodwill occurred as of December 31, 1999 and 1998.

Comprehensive Income

Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 130,  Reporting  Comprehensive
Income  ("SFAS  130")  requires  that  comprehensive  income  be  reported  in a
financial  statement  that is  displayed  with  the  same  prominence  as  other
financial  statements.  Net income is one component of comprehensive income. The
other  components of  comprehensive  income are revenues,  expenses,  gains, and
losses that impact the Company's  capital accounts but are not recognized in net
income under GAAP. Based on the Company's current  activities,  other components
of  comprehensive  net income consist only of changes in the unrealized gains or
losses on securities that are classified as available-for-sale.

The amounts of comprehensive income for the three years ended December 31, 1999,
1998 and 1997 are  reported  in the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Comprehensive
Income.  The net  change  in the  cumulative  total of the  components  of other
comprehensive   income  that  are   included  in  equity  are  reported  in  the
Consolidated  Statements of Changes in Shareholders'  Equity for the three years
ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997.

Segment Reporting

Financial  Accounting  Standard  No.  131,  Disclosures  About  Segments  of  an
Enterprise and Related  Information ("SFAS 131"), adopts a new model for segment
reporting, called the "management approach". The management approach is based on
the segments  within a company used by the chief  operating  decision  maker for
making operating decisions and assessing performance. Reportable segments are to
be based on such factors as products and services,  geography,  legal structure,
management structure or any manner by which a company's management distinguishes
major operating units. For purposes of SFAS 131,  Management has determined that
the Company has seven reportable  segments:  Wholesale Lending,  Retail Lending,
Branch Activities,  Fiduciary,  Tax Refund  Processing,  Northern Region and All
Other. The basis for this determination and the required  disclosure is included
in Note 20.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In June of 1998,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  ("FASB")  issued
Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standard No. 133,  Accounting for Derivative
Instruments  and Hedging  Activities  ("SFAS 133").  This  standard  establishes
accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments, including certain
derivative instruments embedded in other contracts  (collectively referred to as
derivatives),  and for hedging activities.  It requires that an entity recognize
all  derivatives  as either assets or  liabilities in the statement of financial
position and measure those instruments at fair value. If certain  conditions are
met, a derivative  may be  specifically  designated as a hedge,  which  triggers
specific  accounting  treatment  based  on the  type of  hedge  that  exists.  A
subsequent statement issued by the FASB requires that the Company adopt SFAS 133
no later than the first quarter of 2001, but may adopt earlier.  The Company has
not yet  determined  when it will adopt the  statement.  Because it does not now
hold nor  expect  to hold in the  foreseeable  future a  significant  number  of
derivative instruments, Management does not anticipate that adoption will result
in any  material  impact to the  Company's  financial  position  or  results  of
operations.

Accounting for Business Combinations

The  merger  of SBB  with  PCB  (Note  19) was  accounted  for as a  pooling  of
interests.  Under this  method of  accounting  for a business  combination,  the
assets and  liabilities  of the two parties  were added  together  for each year
presented in the financial statements.  The effect of this presentation is as if
the merger had occurred as of the  beginning of the earliest  period  presented.
The  assets  and  liabilities  were  combined  at  the  amounts  carried  in the
predecessor company records; there is no restatement to their fair market value,
and consequently no goodwill recognized.

The  acquisitions  of FVB and CSB (Note 19) were  accounted  for by the purchase
method of accounting for business  combinations.  Under this method,  the assets
and liabilities of the acquired company are combined with the acquirer as of the
date of the acquisition at their fair market value.  Any difference  between the
net value of the assets and  liabilities  and the purchase  price is recorded as
goodwill.  Goodwill  is  amortized  against  future  earnings.  The  results  of
operations of the acquired  company are included with those of the acquirer only
from the transaction date forward.

Reclassifications

Certain amounts in the 1998 and 1997 financial statements have been reclassified
to be comparable with classifications used in the 1999 financial statements.

2.    SECURITIES

A summary of  securities  owned by the Company at December 31, 1999 and 1998, is
as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             December 31, 1999
                                          --------------------------------------------------------
   (in thousands)                                           Gross          Gross        Estimated
                                           Amortized      Unrealized     Unrealized       Fair
                                              Cost          Gains          Losses         Value
                                          --------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                          <C>            <C>          <C>            <C>
Held-to-maturity:
   U.S. Treasury obligations                 $ 35,043       $    64      $    (40)      $ 35,067
   U.S. agency obligations                     12,502            --           (87)        12,415
   Mortgage-backed securities                     556             8            (1)           563
   State and municipal securities             105,163         6,235          (293)       111,105
                                          -------------------------------------------------------
                                              153,264         6,307          (421)       159,150
                                          -------------------------------------------------------
Available-for-sale:
   U.S. Treasury obligations                  121,701            49          (691)       121,059
   U.S. agency obligations                    177,985            --        (2,197)       175,788
   Collateralized mortgage obligations        172,333            21        (4,849)       167,505
   Asset-backed securities                     10,979             7          (114)        10,872
   State and municipal securities              44,901            42        (3,390)        41,553
   Equity securities                           11,649            --            --         11,649
                                          -------------------------------------------------------
                                              539,548           119       (11,241)       528,426
                                          -------------------------------------------------------
                                             $692,812       $ 6,426      $(11,662)      $687,576
                                          =======================================================
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            December 31, 1998
                                          -------------------------------------------------------
                                                           Gross           Gross        Estimated
                                           Amortized    Unrealized       Unrealized       Fair
                                             Cost          Gains           Losses         Value
                                          -------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                          <C>            <C>          <C>            <C>
Held-to-maturity:
   U.S. Treasury obligations                 $ 57,872       $   946      $     --       $ 58,818
   U.S. agency obligations                     22,491           218            --         22,709
   Mortgage-backed securities                     715            22            (4)           733
   State and municipal securities             113,691        15,483           (42)       129,132
                                          -------------------------------------------------------
                                              194,769        16,669           (46)       211,392
                                          -------------------------------------------------------
Available-for-sale:
   U.S. Treasury obligations                  147,378         3,112            --        150,490
   U.S. agency obligations                    175,780         1,798           (85)       177,493
   Collateralized mortgage obligations        217,823         1,634          (302)       219,155
   Asset-backed securities                     13,849            45            --         13,894
   State and municipal securities              26,333           564           (19)        26,878
   Equity securities                            9,086            --            --          9,086
                                          -------------------------------------------------------
                                              590,249         7,153          (406)       596,996
                                          -------------------------------------------------------
                                             $785,018       $23,822      $   (452)      $808,388
                                          =======================================================
</TABLE>

The amortized cost and estimated  fair value of debt  securities at December 31,
1999 and 1998, by contractual  maturity,  are shown in the next table.  Expected
maturities will differ from contractual  maturities because issuers may have the
right  to  call  or  prepay  obligations  with or  without  call  or  prepayment
penalties.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                 December 31, 1999                     December 31, 1998
                                         ----------------------------------    ----------------------------------
  (in thousands)                          Held-to-   Available-                 Held-to-   Available-
                                          Maturity    for-Sale     Total        Maturity   for-Sale      Total
                                         ----------------------------------    ----------------------------------
<S>                                       <C>         <C>        <C>            <C>        <C>         <C>
  Amortized cost:
   In one year or less                    $  59,920   $  92,661  $ 152,581      $  46,931  $ 128,259   $ 175,190
   After one year through five years         48,445     376,113    424,558         97,704    371,370     469,074
   After five years through ten years         7,080      24,277     31,357         10,973     62,809      73,782
   After ten years                           37,819      34,848     72,667         39,161     18,725      57,886
   Equity securities                             --      11,649     11,649             --      9,086       9,086
                                         ----------------------------------    ----------------------------------
                                          $ 153,264   $ 539,548  $ 692,812      $ 194,769  $ 590,249   $ 785,018
                                         ==================================    ==================================
  Estimated market value:
   In one year or less                       60,466      92,524    152,990         47,222    128,853     176,075
   After one year through five years         51,264     369,999    421,263        103,525    376,919     480,444
   After five years through ten years         7,778      22,889     30,667         13,664     63,236      76,900
   After ten years                           39,642      31,365     71,007         46,981     18,902      65,883
   Equity securities                             --      11,649     11,649             --      9,086       9,086
                                         ----------------------------------    ----------------------------------
                                          $ 159,150   $ 528,426  $ 687,576      $ 211,392  $ 596,996   $ 808,388
                                         ==================================    ==================================
</TABLE>

The proceeds received from sales or calls of debt securities and the gross gains
and losses that were  recognized  for the years ended December 31, 1999 and 1998
are shown in the next table.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        -------------------------------  ------------------------------- --------------------------------
                                     Gross      Gross                 Gross      Gross                 Gross     Gross
                         Proceeds    Gains      Losses    Proceeds    Gains     Losses     Proceeds    Gains    Losses
                        -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                       <C>          <C>       <C>        <C>         <C>       <C>       <C>          <C>       <C>
   Held-to-maturity:
     Sales                $     --     $ --      $  --      $ 7,490     $   8     $  --     $   7,734    $ --      $  (1)
     Calls                $  6,662     $ --      $  --      $ 1,670     $   2     $ (20)    $   2,418    $ --      $  --
   Available-for-sale:
     Sales                $ 19,674     $ --      $(286)     $61,450     $ 349     $(144)    $ 117,003    $ 54      $(471)
     Calls                $ 63,340     $ --      $  --      $51,149     $  12     $  --     $  22,273    $ --      $  --
</TABLE>

After a significant business  combination,  GAAP permits a company to reclassify
held-to-maturity  securities  as  available-for-sale  securities  at the time of
purchase,  if that action will maintain the holder's interest rate risk profile.
The maturity  characteristics  of the FVB portfolio were such that when combined
with the  Company's  portfolio,  risks from  changes in interest  rates were not
within  the  Company's  acceptable  risk  parameters.   Therefore,  the  Company
reclassified some of its held-to-maturity  securities to available-for-sale as a
consequence of the FVB acquisition and subsequently sold them.

SBB&T and FNB are  members  of the  Federal  Reserve  Bank.  As a  condition  of
membership,  they are required to purchase  Federal  Reserve Bank ("FRB") stock.
The  amount of stock  required  to be held is based on their  capital  accounts.
Subsequently,  as the banks' capital has  increased,  they have been required to
purchase  additional  shares.  SBB&T also  acquired the shares owned by Citizens
State Bank in the  transaction  described  in Note 19.  SBB&T is a member of the
Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB"), and purchased stock as required of members. The
FRB and FHLB stock are  reported  as equity  securities.  Since the stock has no
maturity,  it is  classified  as  available-for-sale,  even  though  the Bank is
required  to hold the  stock so long as it  maintains  its  membership  in these
organizations.

Securities  with a book value of  approximately  $557.5  million at December 31,
1999 and $255.0  million at  December  31,  1998 were  pledged to secure  public
funds, trust deposits and other borrowings as required or permitted by law.

3.    LOANS

The loan portfolio consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(in thousands)                                           December 31
                                                     1999               1998
                                                --------------------------------
<S>                                               <C>                <C>
Real estate loans:
    Residential                                   $  484,562         $  368,306
    Non-residential                                  435,913            477,120
    Construction and development                     171,870            109,764
Commercial, industrial, and agricultural             577,407            362,262
Home equity lines                                     49,902             47,123
Consumer                                             148,051            123,730
Leases                                                93,322             78,627
Municipal tax-exempt obligations                      12,530              9,286
Other                                                  8,322              6,563
                                                --------------------------------
                                                  $1,981,879         $1,582,781
                                                ================================
</TABLE>

The amounts above are shown net of deferred loan  origination,  commitment,  and
extension fees and  origination  costs of $4,781,000 for 1999 and $4,624,000 for
1998.

Impaired Loans

The table below discloses information about the loans classified as impaired and
the valuation allowance related to them:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(in thousands)                                              December 31
                                                        1999             1998
                                                   -------------------------------
<S>                                                <C>                  <C>
Loans identified as impaired                       $    9,496           $   3,286
Impaired loans for which a valuation
    allowance has been determined                  $    8,221           $   1,574
Impaired loans for which no valuation
    allowance has been determined                  $    1,275           $   1,712
Amount of valuation allowance                      $    3,726           $      98

</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       Year Ended December 31
                                                        1999             1998
                                                   -------------------------------
<S>                                                <C>                  <C>
Average amount of recorded investment
    in impaired loans for the year                 $    8,654           $   5,229
Interest recognized during the year for
    loans identified as impaired at year-end       $       --           $      --
Interest received in cash during the year for
    loans identified as impaired at year-end       $    1,293           $     132
</TABLE>

As indicated in Note 1, a valuation  allowance  is  established  for an impaired
loan when the fair value of the loan is less than the  recorded  investment.  As
shown above,  no valuation  allowance has been determined for the loans totaling
$1.3 million at December  31, 1999 for which  market value  exceeds the recorded
investment.  The valuation allowance amounts disclosed above are included in the
allowance for credit loss  reported in the balance  sheets for December 31, 1999
and 1998 and in Note 4.

Refund Anticipation Loans

The Company offers tax refund  anticipation loans ("RALs") to taxpayers desiring
to receive advance proceeds based on their anticipated  income tax refunds.  The
loans are repaid when the Internal Revenue Service later sends the refund to the
Company.   The  funds  advanced  are  generally  repaid  within  several  weeks.
Therefore, processing costs represent the major cost of the loan. This contrasts
to other  loans for which  the cost of funds is the major  cost to the  Company.
Because of their short duration, the Company cannot recover the processing costs
through interest calculated over the term of the loan. Consequently, the Company
has a tiered fee  schedule  for this  service that varies by the amount of funds
advanced  based on the increased  credit rather than the length of time that the
loan is  outstanding.  Nonetheless,  because  a loan  document  is signed by the
customer,  the Company is required to report the fees as interest income.  These
fees totaled $8,081,000 for 1999,  $6,818,000 for 1998, and $7,422,000 for 1997.
The loans are all made during the tax filing season of January  through April of
each year.  Any loans for which  repayment has not been received  within 90 days
from the  expected  payment date are charged  off.  Consequently,  there were no
RAL's included in the above table of  outstanding  loans at December 31, 1999 or
1998.

4.    ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

The following summarizes the changes in the allowance for credit losses:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(in thousands)                                                Year Ended December 31
                                                         1999           1998            1997
                                                    ------------------------------------------
<S>                                                    <C>            <C>             <C>
Balance, beginning of year                             $29,296        $25,414         $20,244
Tax refund anticipation loans:
    Provision for credit losses                          2,816          4,941           4,649
    Recoveries on loans previously charged-off           2,857          2,288           1,524
    Loans charged-off                                   (5,518)        (7,221)         (5,946)
All other loans:
    Allowance for credit loss recorded in
       acquisition transaction                              --             --             794
    Provision for credit losses                          3,527          4,182           3,851
    Recoveries on loans previously charged-off           2,467          3,719           3,900
    Loans charged-off                                   (6,759)        (4,027)         (3,602)
                                                    ------------------------------------------
Balance, end of year                                   $28,686        $29,296         $25,414
                                                    ==========================================
</TABLE>

The ratio of losses to total loans for the RALs is higher than for other  loans.
For RALs,  the provision for credit loss, the loans  charged-off,  and the loans
recovered are reported  separately from the corresponding  amounts for all other
loans.

5.    CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS

All depository  institutions  are required by law to maintain  reserves with the
Federal Reserve Bank ("FRB") on transaction  deposits.  Amounts vary each day as
the FRB permits  banks to meet this  requirement  by  maintaining  the specified
amount as an average balance over a two week period. In addition, the banks must
maintain  sufficient  balances  at the FRB to cover the  checks  written by bank
customers that are clearing  through the FRB because they have been deposited at
other banks. The average daily cash reserve balances maintained by SBB&T and FNB
at the FRB totaled approximately $3.3 million in 1999 and $1.1 million in 1998.

6.    PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Premises and equipment consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(in thousands)                                      December 31
                                               1999             1998
                                           ----------------------------
<S>                                           <C>              <C>
Land                                          $ 5,025          $ 5,025
Buildings and improvements                     19,674           19,147
Leasehold improvements                         12,196            9,150
Furniture and equipment                        39,190           35,594
                                           ----------------------------
   Total cost                                  76,085           68,916
Accumulated depreciation
   and amortization                           (40,910)         (39,000)
                                           ----------------------------
Net book value                                $35,175          $29,916
                                           ============================
</TABLE>

Depreciation  and  amortization  on fixed  assets  included  in other  operating
expenses totaled $5,150,000 in 1999, $5,848,000 in 1998, and $4,459,000 in 1997.

7.    DEPOSITS

Deposits and the related interest expense consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         Interest Expense for the
(in thousands)                          Balance as of December 31         Year Ended December 31
                                           1999           1998           1999       1998        1997
                                     -----------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                     <C>            <C>              <C>        <C>        <C>
Noninterest bearing deposits            $  546,193     $  498,266       $    --    $    --    $    --
Interest bearing deposits:
   NOW accounts                            314,910        298,352         2,029      3,091      2,667
   Money market deposit accounts           577,676        568,010        17,722     18,804     18,596
   Other savings deposits                  191,741        215,330         3,792      5,156      4,533
   Time certificates of $100,000
     or more                               404,735        323,676        17,274     21,731     12,298
   Other time deposits                     404,926        426,042        20,483     15,988     18,488
                                     -----------------------------    --------------------------------
                                        $2,440,181     $2,329,676       $61,300    $64,770    $56,582
                                     =============================    ================================
</TABLE>

8.    INCOME TAXES

The  provisions  (benefits)  for income taxes related to operations  and the tax
benefit  related to stock  options  that is credited  directly to  shareholders'
equity are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(in thousands)                                              Year Ended December 31
                                                      1999            1998            1997
                                                  -------------------------------------------
<S>                                                 <C>             <C>             <C>
Federal:
  Current                                           $ 18,350        $ 15,930        $ 13,380
   Deferred                                           (1,842)         (2,466)         (2,134)
                                                  -------------------------------------------
                                                      16,508          13,464          11,246
                                                  -------------------------------------------
State:
   Current                                             8,109           5,837           5,673
   Deferred                                             (250)           (326)           (631)
                                                  -------------------------------------------
                                                       7,859           5,511           5,042
                                                  -------------------------------------------
Total tax provision                                  $24,367          18,975          16,288
                                                  ===========================================

Reduction in taxes payable associated with
   exercises of stock options                       $ (3,611)       $ (4,934)       $ (3,694)
</TABLE>

The total current  provision for income taxes includes  provisions  (credits) of
($120,000),  ($90,000) and $166,000 for net securities gains and losses realized
in 1999, 1998, and 1997, respectively.

Although  not  affecting  the total  provision,  actual  income tax payments may
differ  from the  amounts  shown as current  provision  as a result of the final
determination as to the timing of certain deductions and credits.

The total tax provision  differs from the Federal  statutory  rate of 35 percent
for the reasons shown in the following table.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    Year Ended December 31
                                                               1999          1998          1997
                                                           --------------------------------------
<S>                                                             <C>           <C>           <C>
Tax provision at Federal statutory rate                         35.0%         35.0%         35.0%
Interest on securities exempt from Federal taxation             (5.2)         (7.5)         (6.9)
State income taxes, net of Federal income tax benefit            8.9           8.1           6.9
ESOP dividends deductible as an expense for tax purposes        (0.7)         (0.8)         (0.7)
Goodwill amortization                                            0.9           1.3           0.7
Merger related costs                                              --           3.5            --
Other, net                                                      (3.4)         (0.5)           --
                                                           --------------------------------------
Actual tax provision                                            35.5%         39.1%         35.0%
                                                           ======================================
</TABLE>

As disclosed in the following table, deferred tax assets as of December 31, 1999
and 1998, totaled $21,758,000 and $11,741,000,  respectively.  These amounts are
included within other assets on the balance sheet. The deferred tax provision or
benefit  disclosed  in the  first  table of this note is equal to the sum of the
changes in the tax effects of the temporary differences.  The changes in the tax
effects for the principal  temporary  differences  for the years ending December
31, 1999 and 1998 are also disclosed in the following table.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        Tax                      Tax
(in thousands)                           Components    Effect     Components    Effect   Components
                                            1999        1999        1998         1998       1997
                                         ------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                          <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>
Deferred tax assets:
   Allowance for credit losses               $11,717      $ (325)     $12,042     $1,935     $10,107
   State taxes                                 2,236         983        1,253       (535)      1,788
   Loan fees                                     509         202          307       (326)        633
   Depreciation                                1,006         434          572        379         193
   Postretirement benefits                       745         (35)         780         98         682
   Other real estate owned                        25         (17)          42         25          17
   Nonaccrual interest                           354           2          352       (279)        631
   Accretion on securities                        77         230         (153)        58        (211)
   Accrued salary continuation plan            1,820         (84)       1,904      1,904          --
   Change in control payments                  1,099        (140)       1,239      1,239          --
   Other                                         256        (402)         658        158         500
                                         ------------------------------------------------------------
                                              19,844         848       18,996      4,656      14,340
                                         ------------------------------------------------------------
Deferred tax liabilities:
   Loan costs                                  1,506         244        1,262        393         869
   Federal effect of state tax asset           1,104         (88)       1,192        602         590
   Other                                         150      (1,400)       1,550      1,084         466
                                         ------------------------------------------------------------
     Total deferred tax liabilities            2,760      (1,244)       4,004      2,079       1,925
                                         ------------------------------------------------------------
Net deferred tax asset
     before unrealized gains and
     losses on securities                     17,084       2,092       14,992      2,577      12,415
   Unrealized (gains) and losses
     on securities                             4,675                   (3,251)                (1,302)
                                         ------------------------------------------------------------
Net deferred tax asset                       $21,759      $2,092      $11,741     $2,577     $11,113
                                         ============================================================
</TABLE>

As mentioned in Note 1, the net unrealized  gain or loss on securities  that are
available for sale is included as a component of equity. This amount is reported
net of the related tax effect.  The tax effect is a deferred  tax asset if there
is a net  unrealized  loss  and a  deferred  tax  liability  if  there  is a net
unrealized gain. However,  because changes in the unrealized gains or losses are
not recognized either in net income or in taxable income,  they do not represent
temporary  differences.  Consequently,  the  change in the tax effect of the net
unrealized  gain or loss is not  included as a component of deferred tax expense
or benefit,  and there is no entry in the columns  labeled  "Tax  Effect" in the
table above for the change.

The Company is  permitted  to  recognize  deferred tax assets only to the extent
that they are able to be used to reduce  amounts  that have been paid or will be
paid to tax  authorities.  This is reviewed each year by Management by comparing
the amount of the  deferred  tax assets with amounts paid in the past that might
be  recovered  by  carryback  provisions  in the tax code  and with  anticipated
taxable  income  expected to be generated from  operations in the future.  If it
does not appear that the deferred tax assets are usable,  a valuation  allowance
is established to  acknowledge  their  uncertain  value.  Management  believes a
valuation allowance is not needed to reduce any deferred tax asset because there
is  sufficient  taxable  income  within the  carryback  periods  to realize  all
material amounts.

9.    SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

The  Company's   stock  option  plans  offer  key  employees  and  directors  an
opportunity to purchase shares of the Company's common stock.  Subsequent to the
merger of SBB with PCB, the Company initially had seven stock option plans, four
that had been  established  at SBB and three that had been  established  at PCB.
During 1999, the three PCB plans were merged into the SBB plans.

The first of the remaining plans is the Directors Stock Option Plan  established
in 1996. Only  non-qualified  options may be granted under this plan. The second
is the Restricted Stock Option Plan for employees established in January,  1992.
Either incentive or non-qualified  options may be granted under this plan. Under
the  original  provisions  of these  plans,  stock  acquired by the  exercise of
options  granted under the plans could not be sold for five years after the date
of the grant or for two years after the date options are exercised, whichever is
later. In 1998, the Board of Directors of the Company eliminated this provision.

The third and fourth plans were  established  in 1983 and 1986 for employees and
directors,  respectively.  All  options  approved  under  these  plans have been
granted  as  non-qualified  options,  and the plans are  active now only for the
exercise of options held by employees and directors.

All options  outstanding in these plans were granted with an option price set at
100% of the market value of the Company's common stock on the date of the grant.
The grants for most of the employee options specify that they are exercisable in
cumulative 20% annual  installments  and will expire five years from the date of
grant.  The Board has granted some options which are  exercisable  in cumulative
10% annual installments and expire ten years from the date of grant. The options
granted under the directors' plan are exercisable after six months.

The option plans permit  employees  and  directors to pay the exercise  price of
options they are exercising and the related tax liability with shares of Company
stock they  already  own.  The owned  shares are  surrendered  to the Company at
current  market  value.  Shares  with a  current  market  value  of  $6,747,000,
$2,602,000,  and  $4,282,000  were  surrendered  in the years ended December 31,
1999, 1998, and 1997, respectively.  These surrendered shares are netted against
the new shares  issued for the  exercise  of stock  options in the  Consolidated
Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity.

The following  table  presents  information  relating to all of the stock option
plans as of December 31, 1999,  1998,  and 1997  (adjusted  for stock splits and
stock dividends).

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             Per Share
                                               Options                     Price Ranges
                                             -------------               ------------------
<S>                                        <C>                            <C>
1999
Granted                                           548,656                 $22.81 to $33.55
Exercised                                         648,756                  $5.17 to $28.71
Cancelled and expired                               2,317                  $8.48 to $28.71
Outstanding at end of year                      1,512,997                  $5.17 to $33.55
Range of expiration dates                  4/20/00 to 8/23/09
Exercisable at end of year                        751,913                  $5.17 to $28.71
Shares available for future grant                 101,270

1998
Granted                                           124,476                 $23.44 to $28.71
Exercised                                         998,709                  $5.17 to $23.44
Cancelled and expired                              38,909                  $6.33 to $28.00
Outstanding at end of year                      1,615,414                  $5.17 to $28.71
Exercisable at end of year                      1,098,243                  $5.17 to $28.25

1997
Granted                                           879,209                 $13.88 to $23.44
Exercised                                         590,769                  $4.61 to $18.25
Cancelled and expired                              58,393                  $4.61 to $20.66
Outstanding at end of year                      2,528,556                  $5.17 to $23.44
Exercisable at end of year                      1,585,090                  $5.17 to $18.25
</TABLE>

10.   SECURITIES SOLD UNDER AGREEMENTS TO REPURCHASE AND FEDERAL FUNDS PURCHASED

The Company enters into certain transactions,  the legal form of which is a sale
of  securities  under an agreement to repurchase at a later date at a set price.
The substance of these  transactions is a secured borrowing by the Company.  The
Company also purchased  Federal funds from  correspondent  banks.  The following
information is presented concerning these transactions:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(dollars in thousands)                Repurchase Agreements                   Federal Funds Purchased
                                     Year Ended December 31                   Year Ended December 31
                                  1999        1998          1997           1999         1998        1997
                              -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                <C>         <C>          <C>             <C>          <C>         <C>
Weighted average interest
   rate at year-end                  5.27%       3.75%        4.57%           5.50%        4.50%       6.25%
Weighted average interest
   rate for the year                 4.66%       4.44%        4.54%           4.94%        5.22%       5.29%
Average outstanding
   for the year                    $29,214     $13,884      $22,659         $ 8,091      $ 9,236     $ 9,149
Maximum outstanding
   at any month-end
   during the year                 $61,085     $18,772      $32,216         $35,100      $16,400     $21,485
Amount outstanding
   at end of year                  $45,407     $17,996      $14,813         $35,100      $ 9,800     $ 6,480

Interest expense                   $ 1,361     $   616      $ 1,028         $   400      $   482     $   484
</TABLE>

11.   LONG-TERM DEBT AND OTHER BORROWINGS

As part of the Company's  asset and liability  management  strategy,  fixed rate
term  advances  are  borrowed  from the FHLB.  As of December  31,  1999,  total
outstanding  balances to the FHLB were $85,000,000.  The scheduled maturities of
the advances are $6,000,000 in 1 year or less,  $16,400,000 in 1 to 3 years, and
$62,600,000 in more than 3 year.

Also included in other  borrowings are  $13,801,000  million of Treasury Tax and
Loan  demand  notes  issued  to  the  U.S.  Treasury  and  miscellaneous   other
borrowings.

During the course of 1999 and 1998,  the Company  borrowed  funds for  liquidity
purposes from the discount window at the Federal Reserve Bank.

12.   OTHER OPERATING INCOME AND EXPENSE

Significant items included in amounts reported in the Consolidated Statements of
Income for the years ended  December 31, 1999,  1998, and 1997 for other service
charges,  commissions,  and fees are  listed  in the  table  below.  The  refund
transfer  fees are  earned for the  electronic  transmission  of tax  refunds to
customers to facilitate earlier receipt of their refund.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(in thousands)                                                         December 31,
                                                         1999             1998             1997
                                                     ----------------------------------------------
<S>                                                      <C>              <C>              <C>
Noninterest income
    Merchant credit card processing                      $ 5,898          $ 3,952          $ 3,200
    Trust fees                                           $13,095          $11,676          $10,089
    Refund transfer fees                                 $ 6,591          $ 4,821          $ 2,943


Noninterest expense
    Marketing                                            $ 2,966          $ 3,028          $ 2,990
    Consultants                                          $10,227          $ 7,575          $ 3,364
    Merchant credit card clearing fees                   $ 4,396          $ 2,878          $ 2,116
</TABLE>

The table above also  discloses  the largest items  included in other  operating
expense.  Consultants include the Company's independent accountants,  attorneys,
and other  management  consultants  used for  special  projects.  An increase in
consulting  expense occurred in 1998 compared to 1997 because of the merger with
PCB and in 1999  compared  with 1998 because of the Company's Y2K effort and the
data system conversion for the merger.

13.   EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

At the time of the merger, both SBB and PCB had an Employee Stock Ownership Plan
("ESOP") and each also had a second profit-sharing plan. The plans were combined
during 1999 with the PCB plans .

The  remaining  ESOP was  initiated in January 1985. As of December 31, 1999 the
ESOP held 1,564,000 shares at an average cost of $8.12 per share.

The remaining  profit-sharing  plan has two components.  The Salary Savings Plan
component is authorized  under Section  401(k) of the Internal  Revenue Code. An
employee  may  defer up to 10% of  pre-tax  salary  in the plan up to a  maximum
dollar amount set each year by the Internal Revenue Service. The Company matches
100% of the first 3% of the employee's  compensation that the employee elects to
defer and 50% of the next 3%,  but not more than  4.5% of the  employee's  total
compensation.  In 1999,  1998, and 1997, the employer's  matching  contributions
were $1,272,000,  $1,036,000, and $856,000, respectively. The other component is
the  Incentive  &  Investment  Plan.  It was  established  in 1966,  and permits
contributions  by the Company to be invested in various  mutual  funds chosen by
the employees.

The  Company's  practice  has been to make total  contributions  to the employee
benefit  plans equal to the smaller of (1) 10% of pre-tax  profits prior to this
employer  contribution,  or (2) the amount  deductible in the Company's  current
year tax return.  Deductions for contributions to qualified plans are limited to
15% of eligible  compensation.  In each of the last three years,  the deductible
amount was the limiting  factor for the  contribution.  After  providing for the
Company's  contribution  to the Retiree Health Plan discussed in Note 15 and the
matching contribution to the Salary Savings Plan, the remaining contribution may
be made either to the ESOP or to the Incentive & Investment Plan.

Total  contributions  by the  Company  to the above  profit  sharing  plans were
$2,879,000 in 1999,  $2,789,000 in 1998, and $3,269,000 in 1997.  Aside from the
employer's  matching  contribution to the Salary Saving Plan, the  contributions
went to the ESOP in 1999, 1998 and 1997.

14.   DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

GAAP  requires   companies  to  disclose  the  fair  value  of  those  financial
instruments  for which it is  practicable to estimate that value and the methods
and  significant  assumptions  used to estimate those fair values.  This must be
done  irrespective  of  whether or not the  instruments  are  recognized  on the
balance sheets of the Company.

There are several factors which users of these financial  statements should keep
in mind  regarding  the fair values  disclosed  in this note.  First,  there are
uncertainties  inherent in the process of estimating the fair value of financial
instruments.  Secondly,  the Company  must exclude from its estimate of the fair
value  of  deposit  liabilities  any  consideration  of  its  on-going  customer
relationships which provide stable sources of investable funds.

The following  methods and  assumptions  were used to estimate the fair value of
each class of financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate that
value:

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The face value of cash,  Federal  funds sold,  and  securities  purchased  under
agreements to resell are their fair value.

Securities and money market instruments

For securities,  bankers'  acceptances and commercial  paper,  fair value equals
quoted market price,  if available.  If a quoted market price is not  available,
fair value is estimated  using quoted market prices for similar  securities.  As
explained in Note 1, securities classified as available-for-sale  are carried at
fair value.

Loans

The fair value of loans is estimated by discounting the future  contractual cash
flows using the current  rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers
with  similar  credit  ratings  and for the  same  remaining  maturities.  These
contractual  cash flows are  adjusted  to  reflect  estimates  of  uncollectible
amounts.

Deposit liabilities

The fair value of demand deposits,  money market accounts,  and savings accounts
is the amount  payable on demand as of December 31 of each year.  The fair value
of fixed-maturity certificates of deposit is estimated using the rates currently
offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

Repurchase agreements, Federal funds purchased, and other borrowings

For  short-term  instruments,  the carrying  amount is a reasonable  estimate of
their fair value.  For FHLB advances,  the only component of debt not considered
short-term, the fair value is estimated using rates currently quoted by the FHLB
for advances of similar remaining maturities.

Standby letters of credit, and financial guarantees written

The fair value of  guarantees  and letters of credit is based on fees  currently
charged  for similar  agreements.  The  Company  does not believe  that its loan
commitments have a fair value within the context of this note because  generally
fees have not been  charged,  the use of the  commitment is at the option of the
potential borrower, and the commitments are being written at rates comparable to
current market rates.

The  carrying  amount  and  estimated  fair  values of the  Company's  financial
instruments as of December 31, 1999 and 1998 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      As of December 31, 1999         As of December 31, 1998
                                       Carrying          Fair          Carrying         Fair
(in thousands)                          Amount          Value           Amount         Value
                                    -------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                   <C>            <C>               <C>            <C>
Financial assets:
   Cash and due from banks            $  121,500     $  121,500        $  114,206     $  114,206
   Federal funds sold                         --             --            69,890         69,890
   Money market funds                         --             --             1,567          1,567
   Securities available-for-sale         528,426        528,426           596,996        596,996
   Securities held-to-maturity           153,264        159,150           194,769        211,392
   Bankers' acceptances and
     commercial paper                         --             --            19,888         19,924
   Net loans                           1,953,193      1,910,594         1,553,485      1,558,344
     Total financial assets           $2,756,383     $2,719,670        $2,550,801     $2,572,319
Financial liabilities:
   Deposits                           $2,440,181     $2,419,457        $2,329,676     $2,333,224
   Repurchase agreements,
     Federal funds purchased,
     and other borrowings                179,308        178,147            72,749         73,680
     Total financial liabilities      $2,619,489     $2,597,604        $2,402,425     $2,406,904
Unrecognized financial
     instruments:
   Interest rate swap contracts       $       --     $      321        $       --     $       --
   Standby letters of credit          $       --     $   20,811        $       --     $   21,782
</TABLE>

15.   OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS

Under the  provisions  of the Retiree  Health Plan (the  "Plan"),  all  eligible
retirees may purchase health insurance coverage through the Company. The cost of
this  coverage is that amount  which the Company  pays under the basic  coverage
plan  provided  for  current  employees.  Based on a formula  involving  date of
retirement,  age at retirement,  and years of service prior to  retirement,  the
Plan  provides  that the Company  will  contribute a portion of the cost for the
retiree,  varying  from 60% to 100% at the time the employee  retires,  with the
stipulation  that the cost of the portion paid by the Company shall not increase
by more than 5% per year.  The Company  recognizes  the net present value of the
estimated future cost of providing  health insurance  benefits to retirees under
the Retiree Health Plan as those benefits are earned rather than when paid.

The Accumulated Postretirement Benefit Obligation

The  commitment  the Company has made to provide  these  benefits  results in an
obligation that must be recognized in the financial statements. This obligation,
the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation ("APBO"), is the actuarial net
present  value  of the  obligation  for 1)  fully  eligible  plan  participants'
expected   postretirement   benefits   and  2)  the  portion  of  the   expected
postretirement benefit obligation earned to date by current employees.

This  obligation  must be re-measured  each year because it changes with each of
the following  factors:  1) the number of employees working for the Company;  2)
the average  age of the  employees  working for the  Company;  3)  increases  in
expected  health care costs;  and 4)  prevailing  interest  rates.  In addition,
because the obligation is measured on a net present value basis,  the passage of
each year brings the eventual payment of benefits  closer,  and therefore causes
the obligation to increase.  The following tables disclose the reconciliation of
the beginning and ending balances of the APBO, the  reconciliation  of beginning
and ending balances of the fair value of the plan assets, and the funding status
of the Plan as of December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(in thousands)                                           Year Ended December 31
                                                 1999             1998              1997
                                              ----------------------------------------------
<S>                                              <C>             <C>               <C>
Benefit obligation, beginning of year            $(4,170)        $ (3,666)         $ (3,153)
    Service cost                                    (315)            (274)             (188)
    Interest cost                                   (270)            (253)             (223)
    Actuarial (losses) gains                         111              (28)             (159)
    Benefits paid                                     60               51                57
                                              ----------------------------------------------
Benefit obligation, end of year                   (4,584)          (4,170)           (3,666)
                                              ----------------------------------------------

Fair value of Plan assets, beginning of year       4,486            4,081             3,208
    Actual return on Plan assets                   2,305              265               895
    Employer contribution                             --              191                35
    Benefits paid                                    (60)             (51)              (57)
                                              ----------------------------------------------
Fair value of Plan assets, end of year             6,731            4,486             4,081
                                              ----------------------------------------------

Funded Status                                      2,147              316               415
Unrecognized net actuarial gain                   (2,867)            (771)             (848)
Unrecognized prior service cost                        1                2                 4
                                              ----------------------------------------------
Accrued benefit cost                             $  (719)        $   (453)         $   (429)
                                              ==============================================
</TABLE>

Costs of $623,000  for  December 31, 1999 and $453,000 for December 31, 1998 are
included within the category for accrued interest payable and other  liabilities
in the consolidated balance sheets.

The Components of the Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost

Each year the  Company  recognizes  a portion  of the  change in the APBO.  This
portion is called the net periodic  postretirement  benefit cost (the  "NPPBC").
The  NPPBC,  included  with  the  cost of  other  benefits  in the  Consolidated
Statements  of  Income,  is made up of several  components  as shown in the next
table.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(in thousands)                               Year Ended December 31
                                         1999           1998          1997
                                     ---------------------------------------
<S>                                  <C>            <C>           <C>
Service cost                         $    315       $    274      $    188
Interest cost                             270            253           223
Return on assets                         (296)          (279)         (205)
Amortization cost                         (24)           (34)            1
                                     ---------------------------------------
Net periodic postretirement cost     $    265       $    214      $    207
                                     =======================================
</TABLE>

The first  component  is service  cost,  which is the net  present  value of the
portion of the  expected  postretirement  benefit  obligation  for  active  plan
participants  attributed to service for the year.  The second is interest  cost,
which is the increase in the APBO that results from the passage of another year.
That is, because the benefit  obligation for each employee is one year closer to
being paid,  the net present value  increases.  The third  component,  return on
assets, is the income earned on any investments that have been set aside to fund
the benefits. This return is an offset to the first two components.

The fourth component,  amortization cost, arises because  significant  estimates
and assumptions about interest rates, trends in health care costs, plan changes,
employee  turnover,  and earnings on assets are used in measuring  the APBO each
year. Actual experience may differ from the estimates and assumptions may change
resulting in experience  gains and losses for increases or decreases in the APBO
or the  value of plan  assets.  The  rates  used and the  amortization  of these
experience gains and losses are discussed in the next section of this note.

At the adoption of the Plan, the Company fully  recognized the net present value
of the  benefits  earned by  employees  for prior  service.  Had the Company not
recognized  this  amount,  a portion of it would be  included  in the NPPBC as a
fifth component.

The Use of Estimates and the Amortization of Experience Gains and Losses

The  following  table  discloses  the assumed  rates that have been used for the
factors that may have a significant impact on the APBO.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     December 31
                                         1999            1998             1997
                                      -------------------------------------------
<S>                                       <C>             <C>              <C>
Discount rate                             7.71%           6.60%            7.04%
Expected return on plan assets            7.00%           7.00%            7.00%
Health care inflation rate                5.00%           5.00%            5.00%
</TABLE>

The  discount  rate is used to  compute  the  present  value of the APBO.  It is
selected  each  year by  reference  to the  current  rates of  investment  grade
corporate bonds.  Higher discount rates result in a lower APBO at the end of the
year and the NPPBC to be recognized  for the following  year,  while lower rates
raise both.

While the  discount  rate has  fluctuated  with  market  rates,  the Company has
continued  to use 7% as its  estimate  of the  long-term  rate of return on plan
assets.  The APBO is a long-term  liability of 30 years or more.  The 7% rate is
the assumed average earning rate over an equally long investment horizon. If the
rate of return is greater  than this  estimate,  the  Company  will have what is
termed an experience gain.

As noted above, the Retiree Health Plan provides for the Company's  contribution
for  insurance  premiums  to be  limited  to an annual  increase  of 5%.  Should
insurance  premiums  increase  at a  higher  rate,  the  retirees  will  need to
contribute a larger  portion of the total premium cost.  Therefore,  5% has been
set as the assumed cost trend rate for health care.  Because of this limitation,
an  increase  in the actual cost of health care will have no impact on the APBO.
If costs rise at a lesser rate, the Company will have an experience gain.

Rather than  recognizing  the whole amount of the experience  gains or losses in
the year after they arise, under GAAP they are recognized  through  amortization
over the average  remaining  service lives of the employees.  Amortization  over
time is used because many of these changes may be partially or fully reversed in
subsequent years as further changes in experience and/or  assumptions  occur. At
December  31,  1999 and  December  31,  1998,  the Company  had  unamortized  or
unrecognized gains of $2,867,000 and $771,000,  respectively.  These amounts are
reported in the first table of this note.

Funding of the Retiree Health Plan

Employers are allowed wide discretion as to whether and how they set aside funds
to meet the obligation they are recognizing. Under the provisions of the current
Internal  Revenue  Code,  only a portion of this  funding may be deducted by the
employer.  The  funded  status  of the plan is shown in the  first  table as the
amount by which the plan assets exceed the APBO.

The Company established a Voluntary Employees' Beneficiary  Association ("VEBA")
to hold the assets that will be used to pay the benefits for participants of the
plan  other  than key  executive  officers.  Most of the plan  assets  have been
invested in insurance policies on the lives of various employees of the Company.

The current funding policy of the Company is to contribute assets to the VEBA at
least  sufficient to pay the costs of current  medical  premiums of retirees and
the  costs of the life  insurance  premiums.  Proceeds  from the life  insurance
policies  payoffs will fund benefits and premiums in the future.  As of December
31, 1999,  the VEBA was  overfunded by  $2,635,000.  The APBO related to the key
employees of $488,000 is totally unfunded.

16.   EARNINGS PER SHARE AND STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

The following  table presents a  reconciliation  of basic earnings per share and
diluted  earnings per share.  The denominator of the diluted  earnings per share
ratio  includes  the  effect  of  dilutive   securities.   The  only  securities
outstanding that are potentially dilutive are the stock options reported in Note
9.

Under the method of accounting for stock options  implemented by the Company, no
compensation expense is recorded if stock options are granted to employees at an
exercise price equal to the market value of the stock at the time of the grant.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        Basic             Diluted
(amounts in thousands other than per share amounts)                   Earnings            Earnings
                                                                      Per Share           Per Share
                                                                     ------------        -----------
<S>                                                                     <C>                <C>
For the Year Ended December 31, 1999
      Numerator--net income                                             $44,274            $44,274
      Denominator--weighted average shares outstanding                   24,417             24,417
      Plus: net shares issued in assumed stock options exercises                               373
      Diluted denominator                                                                   24,790
      Earnings per share                                                  $1.81              $1.79

For the Year Ended December 31, 1998
      Numerator--net income                                             $29,567            $29,567
      Denominator--weighted average shares outstanding                   23,886             23,886
      Plus: net shares issued in assumed stock options exercises                               561
      Diluted denominator                                                                   24,447
      Earnings per share                                                  $1.24              $1.21

For the Year Ended December 31, 1997
      Numerator--net income                                             $30,283            $30,283
      Denominator--weighted average shares outstanding                   23,510             23,510
      Plus: net shares issued in assumed stock options exercises                               678
      Diluted denominator                                                                   24,188
      Earnings per share                                                  $1.29              $1.25
</TABLE>

Had the Company  recognized  compensation  expense over the expected life of the
options  based on their fair market value as discussed in Note 1, the  Company's
pro forma salary expense, net income, and earnings per share for the years ended
December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997 would have been as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(in thousands)                                  Year Ended December 31
                                          1999             1998            1997
                                      --------------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>              <C>             <C>
Salary expense:
      As reported                        $43,400          $40,178         $34,334
      Pro forma                          $44,781          $41,314         $35,765
Net income:
      As reported                        $44,274          $29,567         $30,283
      Pro forma                          $43,474          $28,909         $29,449
Earnings per share:
      As reported                        $  1.79          $  1.21         $  1.25
      Pro forma                          $  1.75          $  1.18         $  1.22

      Diluted average shares              24,790           24,447          24,189
</TABLE>

17.   REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

The Company and its subsidiary banks are subject to various  regulatory  capital
requirements  administered  by the  Federal  banking  agencies.  Failure to meet
minimum capital requirements as specified by the regulatory framework for prompt
corrective  action could cause the regulators to initiate  certain  mandatory or
discretionary  actions that, if undertaken,  could have a direct material effect
on the Company's financial statements.

The table below sets forth the actual capital amounts and ratios for the Company
as of December 31, 1999 and 1998.  It also shows the minimum  amounts and ratios
that it must maintain under the regulatory  requirements to meet the standard of
adequately  capitalized  and the minimum amounts and ratios required to meet the
regulatory standards of "well capitalized".

For the Company,  Tier I capital consists of common stock, surplus, and retained
earnings.  Tier II capital  includes the  components of Tier I plus a portion of
the allowance for credit losses. Risk-weighted assets are computed by applying a
weighting  factor  from 0% to 100%  to the  carrying  amount  of the  assets  as
reported in the balance sheet and to a portion of  off-balance  sheet items such
as loan commitments and letters of credit. The definitions and weighting factors
are  all  contained  in  the  regulations.  However,  the  capital  amounts  and
classifications  are also subject to  qualitative  judgments  by the  regulators
about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

As of  December  31,  1999,  both the  Company  and each of the  banks  are well
capitalized under the regulatory framework.

Pacific Capital Bancorp  ("Bancorp") is the parent company and sole owner of the
banks. However, there are legal limitations on the amount of dividends which may
be paid by the banks to Bancorp.  The dividends  from SBB&T needed by Bancorp to
pay for the  acquisitions of FVB and CSB exceeded the amount  allowable  without
the prior  approval  of the  California  Department  of  Financial  Institutions
("CDFI").  As part of its approval of the  acquisitions,  the CDFI  approved the
excess  distributions.  During 1999 and 1998, it also approved  other  dividends
from SBB&T to Bancorp to fund quarterly  cash dividends to Bancorp  shareholders
and for other incidental purposes.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(dollars in thousands)               Pacific Capital          Minimums for
                                         Bancorp            Capital Adequacy        Minimums to be
                                          Actual                Purposes           Well-Capitalized
                                  ----------------------- ---------------------  ---------------------
                                     Amount      Ratio      Amount     Ratio       Amount     Ratio
                                  ----------------------- ---------------------  ---------------------
<S>                                  <C>           <C>       <C>          <C>      <C>          <C>
As of December 31, 1999
   Total Tier I & Tier II Capital
     (to Risk Weighted Assets)       $  251,119    11.8%     $170,952     8.0%     $ 213,690    10.0%
   Tier I Capital
     (to Risk Weighted Assets)       $  224,383    10.5%     $ 85,476     4.0%     $ 128,214     6.0%
   Tier I Capital
     (to Average Tangible Assets)    $  224,383     7.9%     $113,256     4.0%     $ 141,570     5.0%

   Risk Weighted Assets              $2,136,901
   Average Tangible Assets           $2,831,396

As of December 31, 1998
   Total Tier I & Tier II Capital
     (to Risk Weighted Assets)       $  215,242    11.7%     $147,143     8.0%     $ 183,929    10.0%
   Tier I Capital
     (to Risk Weighted Assets)       $  192,434    10.5%     $ 73,571     4.0%     $ 110,357     6.0%
   Tier I Capital
     (to Average Tangible Assets)    $  192,434     7.4%     $103,510     4.0%     $ 129,388     5.0%

   Risk Weighted Assets              $1,839,286
   Average Tangible Assets           $2,587,755
</TABLE>

18.   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company leases several office locations and  substantially all of the office
leases contain multiple  five-year  renewal options and provisions for increased
rentals,  principally  for property  taxes and  maintenance.  As of December 31,
1999, the minimum  rentals under  non-cancelable  leases for the next five years
and thereafter are shown in the following table.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(in thousands)                       Year Ended December 31                  There-
                         2000       2001       2002       2003     2004       after       Total
                        --------------------------------------------------  ----------  ----------
<S>                      <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>         <C>
Non-cancellable
   lease expense         $5,826     $5,173     $4,265     $4,019   $3,787     $12,947     $36,017
</TABLE>

Total  net  rentals  for  premises  included  in other  operating  expenses  are
$5,068,000 in 1999, $4,021,000 in 1998, and $3,444,000 in 1997.

The Company leased space from a partnership in which a director has an interest.
In February  1999,  the property was destroyed in a fire.  The Company is in the
process of renegotiating a lease for this property.

In order to meet the  financing  needs of its  customers in the normal course of
business,  the Company is a party to  financial  instruments  with  "off-balance
sheet" risk. These financial instruments consist of commitments to extend credit
and standby letters of credit.

Commitments  to extend  credit are  agreements  to lend to a customer as long as
there is no violation of any condition established in the contract.  The Company
has not  usually  charged  fees in  connection  with loan  commitments.  Standby
letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee
the  performance of a customer to a third party.  The Company  charges a fee for
these letters of credit.

The standby letters of credit involve,  to varying  degrees,  exposure to credit
risk in excess of the amounts  recognized in the  consolidated  balance  sheets.
This risk arises from the  possibility of the failure of the customer to perform
according  to the terms of a  contract  that would  cause a draw on the  standby
letter of credit by a third party.  To minimize  the risk,  the Company uses the
same credit policies in making  commitments  and  conditional  obligations as it
does for on-balance  sheet  instruments.  The decision as to whether  collateral
should be required is based on the circumstances of each specific  commitment or
conditional  obligation.  Because  of  these  practices,   Management  does  not
anticipate that any significant losses will arise from such draws.

Changes in market rates of interest for those few  commitments  and  undisbursed
loans  which have fixed rates of  interest  represent  a possible  cause of loss
because of the contractual requirement to lend money at a rate that is no longer
as great as the market  rate at the time the loan is funded.  To  minimize  this
risk, if rates are quoted in a commitment, they are generally stated in relation
to the Company's base lending rate which varies with prevailing  market interest
rates.  Fixed-rate  loan  commitments  are not usually  made for more than three
months.

The maximum  exposure to credit risk is represented by the contractual  notional
amount of those  instruments.  As of December 31, 1999 and 1998, the contractual
notional amounts of these instruments are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(in thousands)                               December 31
                                         1999               1998
                                   --------------------------------
<S>                                    <C>                <C>
Commitments to extend credit
     Commercial                        $369,695           $389,408
     Consumer                           $70,744            $63,039
Standby letters of credit               $20,811            $21,782
</TABLE>


Since many of the  commitments  are expected to expire without being drawn upon,
the amounts in the table do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.

With the  exception  of the RAL  program  mentioned  in Note 3, the  Company has
concentrated its lending  activity  primarily with customers in the market areas
served by the branches of its subsidiary  banks.  The merger has introduced some
geographical  diversity as each market area now represents only a portion of the
whole Company. The business customers are in widely diversified industries,  and
there is a large  consumer  component  to the  portfolio.  The Company  monitors
concentrations within four broad categories:  industry,  geography, product, and
collateral.  One significant  concentration in the loan portfolio is represented
by loans collateralized by real estate; the nature of this collateral,  however,
is quite varied: 1-4 family residential, multifamily residential, and commercial
buildings  of various  kinds.  As the  economy  along the  central  coast  shows
vitality,  the underlying value of real estate continues to improve. The Company
has considered  this  concentration  in evaluating the adequacy of the allowance
for credit loss.

The Company has a trust  department  that has fiduciary  responsibility  for the
assets  that it holds on behalf of its trust  customers.  These  assets  are not
owned by the Company  and  accordingly  are not  reflected  in the  accompanying
consolidated balance sheets.

The Company is involved in various litigation of a routine nature which is being
handled and defended in the ordinary  course of the Company's  business.  In the
opinion  of  Management,  the  resolution  of this  litigation  will  not have a
material impact on the Company's financial position.

19.   MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONS

On December 30, 1998,  the Company  issued  8,756,668  shares of common stock in
exchange for all of the outstanding  stock of PCB, a holding company for FNB and
its affiliate SVNB.

The transaction was accounted for as a pooling-of-interest, and accordingly, the
accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements for 1997 have been restated to
include the accounts of Pacific Capital Bancorp for all periods presented. Total
revenues and net income for the separate companies for the periods preceding the
acquisition were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(in thousands)                                Year Ended December 31
                                               1998            1997
                                           -----------------------------
<S>                                           <C>             <C>
Interest income plus noninterest income
Santa Barbara Bancorp                         $ 164,532       $ 140,485
Former Pacific Capital                           64,742          56,560
                                           -----------------------------
  Total                                       $ 229,274       $ 197,045
                                           =============================

Net Income
Santa Barbara Bancorp                         $  24,379       $  20,136
Former Pacific Capital                            5,188          10,147
                                           -----------------------------
  Total                                       $  29,567       $  30,283
                                           =============================
</TABLE>

On March 31, 1997,  the Company  acquired all the  outstanding  stock of FVB for
$26.1 million in cash. Immediately prior to the close, FVB had $123.0 million in
assets and $108.0 million in liabilities.

On September 30, 1997, the Company acquired all the outstanding stock of CSB for
$16.2 million in cash.  Immediately prior to the close, CSB had $93.3 million in
assets and $84.3 million in liabilities.

Both acquisitions were accounted for under purchase accounting,  with assets and
liabilities  recorded at their  estimated  fair market  value at the time of the
acquisition. The excess of the purchase price over the net assets is recorded as
goodwill. Goodwill amortized during the year ended December 31, 1999 relating to
these transactions totaled approximately $1,185,000. The Company issued no stock
in connection with these acquisitions.  The following table shows estimated fair
market value of the assets and liabilities of the two banks,  the purchase price
paid, and the resulting goodwill.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(in thousands)             FMV of           FMV of
                           Assets         Liabilities       Purchase         Goodwill
                          Acquired          Assumed           Price          Recorded
                      ------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                        <C>               <C>               <C>              <C>
First Valley Bank          $124,967          $109,139          $26,100          $10,272
Citizens State Bank          92,974            84,320           16,170            7,516
                      ------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total                    $217,941          $193,459          $42,270          $17,788
                      ==================================================================
</TABLE>

The branches of FVB and CSB were immediately  merged into SBB&T on April 1, 1997
and October 1, 1997, respectively.  Under the provisions of purchase accounting,
the results of operations  of the acquired  entity are included in the financial
statements of the acquirer only from the date of the  acquisition  forward.  The
1997  consolidated  financial  statements of the Company  include the assets and
liabilities acquired in the transactions and results of operations from April 1,
1997 for FVB and from October 1, 1997 for CSB.

The  following  table  presents  an  unaudited  pro forma  combined  summary  of
operations of the Company, FVB, and CSB for the year ended December 31, 1997, as
if the acquisitions had been effective January 1, 1997.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(dollars in thousands)                       Year Ended
                                             December 31,
                                                1997
                                             ------------
<S>                                            <C>
Interest income                                $174,337
Interest expense                                 63,119
                                             -----------
    Net interest income                         111,218
Provision for credit losses                       8,380
Noninterest income                               29,391
Noninterest expense                              86,261
                                             -----------
Income before provision for income taxes         45,968
Provision for income taxes                       16,618
                                             -----------
    Net income                                 $ 29,350
                                             ===========
Basic earnings per share                         $ 1.25
Weighted average shares assumed
    to be outstanding                            23,510

Diluted earnings per share                       $ 1.21
Weighted average shares assumed
    to be outstanding                            24,188
</TABLE>

The  information  in the table  above  combines  the  historical  results of the
Company,  FVB, and CSB after giving effect to the  amortization  of goodwill and
exclusion of an estimated amount of earnings from the consideration  paid to the
shareholders  of FVB and CSB using the average rate received during the year for
Federal  funds  sold.  No  attempt  has been made to  eliminate  the  immaterial
intercompany  transactions  which  occurred,  nor has an  attempt  been  made to
eliminate the duplicated administrative costs. The figures included in the table
for pro forma  combined  diluted  earnings  per share are based on the pro forma
combined net income in the table and the actual  average common shares and share
equivalents.  Because the consideration  paid to the shareholders of FVB and CSB
consisted entirely of cash, the average shares and share equivalents outstanding
are identical to those reported in Note 16.

This  unaudited  combined  pro forma  summary  of  operations  is  intended  for
informational purposes only and is not necessarily  representative of the future
results of the Company or of the results of the Company that would have occurred
had the acquisitions actually been transacted on January 1, 1997.

Prior to its merger with SBB,  PCB had acquired  several  branch  offices  which
resulted in the recording of goodwill.  The amortization of goodwill relating to
these transactions amounted to approximately $216,000 in the year ended December
31, 1999.

20.   SEGMENT REPORTING

While the  Company's  products and services are all of the nature of  commercial
banking,  the  Company has seven  reportable  segments.  There are six  specific
segments:  Wholesale Lending, Retail Lending, Branch Activities,  Fiduciary, Tax
Refund  Processing,  and the Northern  Region.  The remaining  activities of the
Company are reported in a segment titled "All Other".

Factors Used to Identify Reportable Segments

The Company first uses geography as a factor in  distinguishing  three operating
segments.  The discrete  market areas served by SBB&T and by FNB  (including its
affiliate SVNB)  distinguish them as units for which  performance must be viewed
separately.  The tax  refund  program  serves  customers  throughout  the United
States, and the lack of a defined market area for this program  distinguishes it
from other banking activities.

SBB&T is further  disaggregated into additional  segments.  The factors used for
this  disaggregaton  relate to products and  services  resulting in segments for
Wholesale Lending, Retail Lending,  Branch Activities (deposits),  and Fiduciary
(trust  services).  This level of disaggregaton  for SBB&T reflects its specific
management structure in which loan and deposit products are handled by different
organizational units. In contrast to this, FNB and its affiliate,  SVNB, have an
organizational structure that generally places both loan and deposit products in
the individual branches.

Types and Services from Which Revenues are Derived

Wholesale  Lending:  Business  units in this segment make loans to  medium-sized
businesses and their owners. Loans are made for the purchase of business assets,
working  capital  lines,   investment,   the  development  and  construction  of
nonresidential or multi-family residential property.  Letters of credit are also
offered  to  customers  both  to  facilitate  commercial   transactions  and  as
performance bonds.

Retail  Lending:  Business  units  in this  segment  do small  business  lending
(including Small Business Administration guaranteed loans) and leasing, consumer
installment loans, home equity lines, and 1-4 family residential mortgages.

Branch Activities: The business of this segment is primarily centered on deposit
products,  but  also  includes  safe  deposit  box  rentals,  foreign  exchange,
electronic  fund  transfers,  and other  ancillary  services to  businesses  and
individuals.

Tax Refund Program:  The loan products provided in this segment are described in
Note 3. The other product, refund transfers,  consists of receipt of tax refunds
from the  Internal  Revenue  Service  on  behalf  of  individual  taxpayers  and
authorizing  the local  issuance of checks to the  taxpayers so that they do not
need a mailing address or to wait for the refund check to be mailed to them.

Fiduciary: This segment provides trust and investment services to its customers.
The Trust and Investment Services Division may act as both custodian and manager
of trust accounts as directed by the client. In addition to securities and other
liquid assets, the division manages real estate held in trust. The division also
sells third-party mutual funds and annuities to customers.

Northern  Region:  This  segment  derives its  revenues  from  banking  services
provided by FNB and its  affiliate  SVNB.  These  include the same type of loan,
deposit, and fiduciary products described for the first three segments described
above.  This segment also derives  revenues from securities in FNB's  securities
portfolios.

All Other:  This segment consists of other business lines and support units. The
administrative  support units include the  Company's  executive  administration,
data processing,  marketing,  credit administration,  human resources, legal and
benefits,  and finance and  accounting.  The  primary  revenues  are from SBBT's
securities portfolios.

Charges and Credits for Funds and Income from the Investment Portfolios

As noted above,  there is a significant  difference  between the  organizational
structures of FNB and SBB&T,  with the same business units  providing  loans and
deposits at FNB and separate  business units handling them at SBB&T.  This means
that  as a  segment,  the  Northern  Region  is  self-contained  from a  funding
standpoint.  That is, the one segment  obtains its own funds from its depositors
and lends its own funds to its borrowers.  In contrast with this,  SBB&T has one
primary segment which provides the funds,  Branch Activities,  while the lending
segments  utilize  the funds.  To give a fair  picture of  profitability  at the
segment level for the SBB&T  segments,  it is therefore  necessary to charge the
lending  segments for the cost of the funds they use while  crediting the Branch
Activities segment for the funds it provides.

The  securities  portfolios  of each bank are used to provide  liquidity to that
bank and to earn income from funds received from  depositors  that are in excess
of the amounts lent to borrowers.  The interest  rates  applicable to securities
are lower than for loans  because  there is little or no credit risk.  Foregoing
the  higher  rates  earned by loans is, in a sense,  a cost of  maintaining  the
necessary  liquidity,  and an  opportunity  cost for being  unable  to  generate
sufficient loans to make full use of the available funds.

From the  standpoint of measuring the  performance of the Northern  Region,  the
loans  and  deposits  of  which  are  organizationally  integrated,  it is  most
appropriate  to include the income from the FNB securities  portfolios  with the
operating segment.  Because the Northern Region is self-contained from a funding
standpoint,  within the segment as a whole,  there are no credits or charges for
funds.

Because in the SBB&T segments,  the uses of funds and the provision of funds are
in separate segments,  there is no one operating unit to which it is appropriate
to  charge  the  liquidity  and  opportunity  costs  related  to the  investment
portfolios.  Instead,  each segment that uses funds through lending or investing
is charged for its funds and the Branch  Activities  segment is credited for the
funds it provides.

Measure of Profit or Loss

In assessing  the  performance  of each  segment,  the chief  executive  officer
reviews the segment's  contribution  before tax. Taxes are excluded  because the
Company has permanent tax differences (see Note 8) which do not apply equally to
all  segments.  In  addition,  if segments  were  measured  by their  net-of-tax
contribution,  they would be advantaged or  disadvantaged by any enacted changes
in tax rates even though such changes are not reflective of the performance of a
segment.

Specific Segment Disclosure

The following  table presents  information  for each segment  regarding  assets,
profit or loss,  and specific  items of revenue and expense that are included in
that  measure  of  segment  profit or loss as  reviewed  by the chief  operating
decision maker.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 (in thousands)           Branch        Retail           Wholesale                      Northern      All
                         Activities    Lending      Lending       RAL      Fiduciary    Region       Other        Total
                        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                        <C>          <C>           <C>       <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>           <C>
 Year Ended
      December 31, 1999
 Revenues from
  external customers       $ 9,254      $ 54,483      $54,295   $ 14,673    $ 13,201    $ 71,686    $ 41,444      $ 259,036
 Intersegment revenues      75,656           216           --      1,988       2,420          --      14,137         94,417
                        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Total revenues            $84,910      $ 54,699      $54,295   $ 16,661    $ 15,621    $ 71,686    $ 55,581      $ 353,453
                        ====================================================================================================

 Profit (Loss)             $20,761      $ 13,139      $18,765   $  9,391    $  6,538    $ 23,054    $(17,232)     $  74,416
 Interest income                73        53,307       53,403      8,081          --      65,543      37,011        217,418
 Interest expense           40,002           221            5         --       2,121      19,955       5,553         67,856
 Internal charge for funds     866        33,076       29,536        641          --          --      30,298         94,417
 Depreciation                1,432           143           93         87         131       1,112       2,152          5,150
 Total assets               29,478       708,698      647,104       (487)      1,668     910,466     582,355      2,879,282
 Capital expenditures           --            --           --         --          --       1,042       6,914          7,956

 Year Ended
      December 31, 1998
 Revenues from
   external customers      $10,813      $ 43,514      $46,899   $ 11,638    $  9,545    $ 66,346    $ 48,842      $ 237,597
 Intersegment revenues      73,384            54           --        991       2,477          --      11,107         88,013
                        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Total revenues            $84,197      $ 43,568      $46,899   $ 12,629    $ 12,022    $ 66,346    $ 59,949      $ 325,610
                        ====================================================================================================

 Profit (Loss)             $15,855      $  9,262      $16,885   $  4,521    $  5,563    $ 20,662    $(18,469)     $  54,279
 Interest income                24        42,156       45,273      6,818          --      60,680      44,302        199,253
 Interest expense           42,453            58            4         --       2,247      20,593       2,758         68,113
 Internal charge for funds     725        25,841       23,936        625          --          --      36,886         88,013
 Depreciation                1,982           236          142         71         213       1,570       1,634          5,848
 Total assets               12,532       530,481      520,614       (324)      3,104     840,027     742,984      2,649,418
 Capital expenditures           --            --           --         --          --         744       6,093          6,837

 Year Ended
      December 31, 1997
 Revenues from
   external customers      $ 9,734      $ 34,107      $38,968   $ 10,299    $  8,158    $ 58,188    $ 44,430      $ 203,884
 Intersegment revenues      64,251           452           --        655       2,360          --      10,687         78,405
                        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Total revenues            $73,985      $ 34,559      $38,968   $ 10,954    $ 10,518    $ 58,188    $ 55,117      $ 282,289
                        ====================================================================================================

 Profit (Loss)             $13,241      $  5,657      $12,353   $  3,444    $  4,716    $ 18,260    $ (5,930)     $  51,741
 Interest income                25        33,427       38,097      7,421          --      53,179      41,171        173,320
 Interest expense           36,793           452           --         --       2,970      17,385       2,990         60,590
 Internal charge for funds     609        20,572       21,830        559          --          --      34,835         78,405
 Depreciation                1,689           221           81         38         144       1,301         985          4,459
 Total assets               15,382       420,332      437,310       (324)      1,963     756,899     725,543      2,357,105
 Capital expenditures           --            --           --         --          --         853      13,402         14,255
</TABLE>

The following  table  reconciles  total  revenues and profit for the segments to
total revenues and pre-tax income,  respectively,  in the consolidated financial
statements.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(in thousands)                                            Year Ended December 31
                                                     1999           1998          1997
                                                 ------------------------------------------
<S>                                                  <C>            <C>           <C>
 Total revenues for reportable segments              $353,453       $325,610      $282,289
 Elimination of intersegment revenues                 (94,417)       (88,013)      (78,405)
 Elimination of taxable equivalent adjustment          (5,775)        (5,737)       (5,170)
                                                 ------------------------------------------
 Total consolidated revenues                         $253,261       $231,860      $198,714
                                                 ==========================================

 Total profit or loss for reportable segments        $ 74,416       $ 54,279      $ 51,741
 Elimination of taxable equivalent adjustment          (5,775)        (5,737)       (5,170)
                                                 ------------------------------------------
 Income before income taxes                          $ 68,641       $ 48,542      $ 46,571
                                                 ==========================================
</TABLE>

For purposes of performance measurement and therefore for the segment disclosure
above,  income from tax-exempt  securities,  loans, and leases are reported on a
fully taxable  equivalent  basis.  Under this method of  disclosure,  the income
disclosed  is  increased  to that amount  which,  if taxed,  would result in the
amount included in the financial statements.

With  respect to the  disclosure  of total assets for the  individual  segments,
fixed  assets used by the  Northern  Region  segment  are  included in its asset
totals.  Fixed  assets used by the other  segments are all recorded as assets of
the All Other  segment.  Depreciation  expense of these assets is charged to the
segment that uses them.

The Company has no  operations  in foreign  countries to require  disclosure  by
geographical area. The Company has no single customer  generating 10% or more of
total revenues.

For the Company,  the process of disaggregation is somewhat  arbitrary.  Many of
the  Company's  customers do business  with more than one  segment.  Because the
Company uses relationship  pricing whereby the customer may be given a favorable
price on one product  because the other products that he or she makes use of are
very  profitable  for the  Company.  To the extent  that these  products  are in
different   segments  as  defined   above,   one  segment  may  be   sacrificing
profitability to another for the sake of the overall customer relationship.

21.   SUBSEQUENT EVENT

On February 3, 2000, the Company signed a merger  agreement with San Benito Bank
of  Hollister,  California.  The  acquisition  will be  accounted  for under the
pooling-of-interest  method of accounting for business  combinations.  Under the
terms of the agreement,  each outstanding  share of San Benito Bank common stock
will be  converted  into the right to receive  0.605  shares of Pacific  Capital
Bancorp  common  stock.  Based on the closing price of Pacific  Capital  Bancorp
common stock on February 3, of $30 per share, the transaction is valued at $51.8
million.  At December  31,  1999,  San Benito Bank  reported net income of $2.26
million  and  assets of $201  million.  The  transaction,  which is  subject  to
regulatory  approval  and the approval of the San Benito Bank  shareholders,  is
expected to close during the second quarter of 2000.

22.   PACIFIC CAPITAL BANCORP

The condensed financial statements of the Bancorp are presented on the following
two pages.

<TABLE>
                                PACIFIC CAPITAL BANCORP
                                 (Parent Company Only)
                                 Balance Sheets
                                   (in thousands)
<CAPTION>
                                                              December 31
                                                          1999          1998
                                                      ---------------------------
<S>                                                       <C>           <C>
Assets
Cash                                                      $    931      $  2,176
Investment in and advances to subsidiaries                 224,230       205,362
Loans, net                                                     394         2,966
Premises and equipment, net                                  4,150         3,507
Other assets                                                12,041        12,591
                                                      ---------------------------
    Total assets                                          $241,746      $226,602
                                                      ===========================
Liabilities
Dividends payable                                         $  4,420      $  4,358
Other liabilities                                            2,753         8,244
                                                      ---------------------------
    Total liabilities                                        7,173        12,602
                                                      ---------------------------
Equity
Common stock                                                 8,186         8,071
Surplus                                                     99,283        95,498
Unrealized gain on securities available-for-sale            (6,447)        3,496
Retained earnings                                          133,551       106,935
                                                      ---------------------------
    Total shareholders' equity                             234,573       214,000
                                                      ---------------------------
      Total liabilities and shareholders' equity          $241,746      $226,602
                                                      ===========================
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
                             PACIFIC CAPITAL BANCORP
                              (Parent Company Only)
                                Income Statements
                                   (in thousands)
<CAPTION>
                                                      Year Ended December 31
                                             1999              1998              1997
                                          -----------------------------------------------
<S>                                          <C>               <C>                <C>
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries:
    Undistributed                            $28,812           $18,914           $ 6,211
    Dividends                                 17,131            18,575            24,744
Interest income                                  123               181                43
Other income                                      87               601                --
Other operating expense                       (4,715)          (13,006)           (1,744)
Income tax benefit                             2,836             4,302             1,029
                                          -----------------------------------------------
    Net income                               $44,274           $29,567           $30,283
                                          ===============================================
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
                                        PACIFIC CAPITAL BANCORP
                                         (Parent Company Only)
                                        Statements of Cash Flows
                                             (in thousands)
<CAPTION>
                                                                        Year Ended December 31
                                                                 1999            1998            1997
                                                              -------------------------------------------
<S>                                                              <C>             <C>             <C>
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents:
Cash flows from operating activities:
    Net income                                                   $44,274         $29,567         $30,283
    Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
         cash used in operations:
      Equity in undistributed net income
         of subsidiaries                                         (45,942)        (37,489)        (30,955)
      Increase in other assets                                       551          (7,739)         (4,409)
      Increase in other liabilities                               (1,883)          8,611           2,209
                                                              -------------------------------------------
      Net cash used in operating activities                       (3,000)         (7,050)         (2,872)
                                                              -------------------------------------------

Cash flows from investing activities:
    Net (increase) decrease in loans                               2,788          (2,238)            834
    Capital expenditures                                            (643)             --            (386)
    Capital contribution to subsidiary                                --              --            (125)
    Purchase of capital stock of First Valley
      Bank and Citizens State Bank                                    --              --         (42,270)
    Distributed earnings of subsidiaries                          17,131          18,575          57,066
                                                              -------------------------------------------
      Net cash provided by investing activities                   19,276          16,337          15,119
                                                              -------------------------------------------

Cash flows from financing activities:
    Proceeds from issuance of common stock                         2,129           8,094           2,779
    Payments to retire common stock                               (2,055)         (3,792)         (5,468)
    Dividends paid                                               (17,595)        (12,907)         (9,668)
                                                              -------------------------------------------
      Net cash used in financing activities                      (17,521)         (8,605)        (12,357)
                                                              -------------------------------------------

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents              (1,245)            682            (110)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period                   2,176           1,494           1,604
                                                              -------------------------------------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period                       $   931         $ 2,176         $ 1,494
                                                              ===========================================

Supplemental disclosures:
    Non-cash investing and financing activities:
    Transfer from retained earnings to common
      stock due to stock dividend                                $    --         $    --         $ 9,000

</TABLE>
<PAGE>


QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          1999 Quarters                                      1998 Quarters
                         ------------------------------------------------   ------------------------------------------------
                            4th          3rd         2nd         1st           4th         3rd          2nd         1st
                         -----------  ----------  ----------- -----------   ----------- -----------  ----------  -----------
<S>                         <C>         <C>          <C>        <C>            <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>
Interest income             $53,914     $51,374      $49,671    $ 56,684       $49,673     $47,478     $46,052      $50,436
Interest expense             18,263      17,113       16,210      16,270        17,227      17,543      16,761       16,582
Net interest income          35,651      34,261       33,461      40,414        32,446      29,935      29,291       33,854
Provision for
   credit losses              1,023         793          840       3,719         1,095       1,095         984        5,949
Noninterest income            9,293       8,770        9,284      14,271         8,362       8,700       8,785       12,374
Noninterest expense          28,110      27,399       27,355      27,525        35,872      24,018      23,036       23,156
Income before
   income taxes              15,811      14,839       14,550      23,441         3,841      13,522      14,056       17,123
Income taxes                  5,036       4,904        5,507       8,920         2,430       5,078       5,065        6,402
Net income                  $10,775     $ 9,935      $ 9,043    $ 14,521       $ 1,411     $ 8,444     $ 8,991      $10,721

Net earnings per share:
   Basic                      $0.43       $0.41        $0.37       $0.60         $0.06       $0.35       $0.38        $0.45
   Diluted                    $0.43       $0.40        $0.37       $0.59         $0.06       $0.34       $0.37        $0.44
</TABLE>




ITEM 9.     CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING
            AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

<PAGE>


PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

The information  required by Item 10 is incorporated  herein by reference to the
sections  titled  "The  Board of  Directors"  and  "Executive  Officers"  in the
Company's definitive Proxy Statement for the annual meeting to be held April 25,
2000 ("Proxy Statement").

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information  required by Item 11 is incorporated  herein by reference to the
section titled "Executive Compensation" in the Company's Proxy Statement.

ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The information  required by Item 12 is incorporated  herein by reference to the
section titled "Beneficial Ownership Chart" in the Company's Proxy Statement.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

The information  required by Item 13 is incorporated  herein by reference to the
section titled "Other Information" in the Company's Proxy Statement.


<PAGE>


PART IV

ITEM 14.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

(a)1.             FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                  The listing of financial  statements  required by this item is
                  set forth in the index for Item 8 of this report.



(a)2              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SCHEDULES

                  The listing of  supplementary  financial  statement  schedules
                  required  by this item is set forth in the index for Item 8 of
                  this report.



(a)3.             EXHIBITS

                  The listing of exhibits  required by this item is set forth in
                  the Exhibit  Index  beginning on page 81 of this report.  Each
                  management   contract  or  compensatory  plan  or  arrangement
                  required  to be filed as an exhibit  to this  report is listed
                  under Item 10.1  "Compensation  Plans and  Agreements," in the
                  Exhibit Index.



(b)               REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

                  One report on Form 8-K was filed during the fourth  quarter of
                  the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999. The Company  reported
                  the adoption by the Board of Directors of a shareholder rights
                  plan on Form 8-K filed with the  Commission  on  December  17,
                  1999.



(c)               EXHIBITS

                  See  exhibits  listed  in  "Exhibit  Index" on page 81 of this
                  report.



(d)               FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

                  There  are  no  financial   statement  schedules  required  by
                  Regulation  S-X that have been excluded from the annual report
                  to shareholders.


<PAGE>


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the  requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934,  the  Company  has duly  caused  this  report  to be  signed by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Pacific Capital Bancorp

By /s/ David W. Spainhour    February 28, 2000
      David W. Spainhour     Date
      President
      Director

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report
has been signed below by the  following  persons on behalf of the Company and in
the capacities and on the dates indicated.

/s/ Donald M. Anderson Feb.28, 2000    /s/ David W. Spainhour  Feb. 28, 2000
Donald M. Anderson     Date            David W. Spainhour      Date
Chairman of the Board                  President
Director                               Director

/s/ William S. Thomas  Feb. 28, 2000   /s/ Donald Lafler       Feb. 28, 2000
William S. Thomas, Jr. Date            Donald Lafler           Date
Vice Chairman                          Executive Vice President
Chief Operating Officer                Chief Financial Officer

/s/ Edward E. Birch    Feb. 28, 2000   /s/ Richard M. Davis    Feb. 28, 2000
Edward E. Birch        Date            Richard M. Davis        Date
Director                               Director

/s/ Dale E. Hanst      Feb. 28, 2000   /s/ Harry B. Powell     Feb. 28, 2000
Dale E. Hanst          Date            Harry B. Powell         Date
Director                               Director

/s/ D. Vernon Horton   Feb. 28, 2000   /s/ Clayton C. Larson   Feb. 28, 2000
D. Vernon Horton       Date            Clayton C. Larson       Date
Vice Chairman                          Vice Chairman

/s/ William H. Pope    Feb. 28, 2000   /s/ Roger C. Knopf      Feb. 28, 2000
William H. Pope        Date            Roger C. Knopf          Date
Director                               Director

/s/ Kathy J. Odell     Feb. 28, 2000
Kathy J. Odell         Date
Director

<PAGE>


EXHIBIT INDEX TO PACIFIC CAPITAL BANCORP FORM 10-K
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999

Exhibit
Number   Description *
- - - - - - - ------   ------------

2.   Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by and between Santa Barbara Bancorp
     and Pacific Capital Bancorp dated July 20, 1998.(1)

3.   Articles of incorporation and bylaws:

     3.1  Certificate of Restatement of Articles of Incorporation of
          Pacific Capital Bancorp dated January 27, 1999. (2)

     3.2  Amended and Restated Bylaws of Pacific Capital Bancorp
          effective January 26, 1999. (2)

10.  Material contracts

     10.1  Compensation Plans and Agreements:

         10.1.1   Pacific Capital Bancorp Amended and Restated
                  Restricted Stock Option Plan as amended effective
                  December 17, 1996. (3)

              10.1.1.1 Pacific Capital Bancorp Restricted Stock
                       Option Agreement (Incentive Stock Option). (3)

              10.1.1.2 Pacific Capital Bancorp Restricted Stock
                       Option Agreement (Nonstatutory Stock Option -
                       5 Year). (3)

              10.1.1.3 Pacific Capital Bancorp Restricted Stock
                       Option Agreement (Nonstatutory Stock Option -
                       10 Year). (3)

              10.1.1.4 Pacific Capital Bancorp Restricted Stock
                       Option Agreement (Incentive Reload Option).
                       (3)

              10.1.1.5 Pacific Capital Bancorp Restricted Stock
                       Option Agreement (Non-statutory Reload
                       Option). (3)

         10.1.2   Pacific Capital Bancorp Directors Stock Option
                  Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to
                  Post-Effective Amendment No. One to Santa  Barbara
                  Bancorp's Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed on
                  June 13, 1995, Registration No. 33-48724).

         10.1.3   Pacific Capital Bancorp Incentive & Investment and
                  Salary Savings Plan, as amended and restated effective
                  January 1, 1998. (7)

         10.1.4   Pacific Capital Bancorp Employee Stock Ownership
                  Plan and Trust, as amended and restated  effective
                  January 1, 1998. (7)

         10.1.5   Santa  Barbara Bank & Trust Key Employee  Retiree  Health Plan
                  incorporated  by reference to Exhibit  10.1.8 to Santa Barbara
                  Bancorp's  Annual  Report on Form 10-K (File No.  0-11113) for
                  fiscal year ended December 31, 1993).

              10.1.5.1 First Amendment to Santa Barbara Bank &
                       Trust Key Employee Retiree Health Plan. (5)

              10.1.5.2 Second  Amendment to Santa Barbara Bank &
                       Trust Key Employee Retiree Health Plan. (5)

         10.1.6   Santa  Barbara  Bank &  Trust  Retiree  Health  Plan  (Non-Key
                  Employees)  (incorporated  by reference  to Exhibit  10.1.9 to
                  Santa Barbara  Bancorp's  Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No.
                  0-11113) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1993).

              10.1.6.1 First Amendment to Santa Barbara Bank & Trust
                       Retiree Health Plan (Non-Key Employees). (5)

              10.1.6.2 Second Amendment to Santa Barbara Bank &
                       Trust Retiree Health Plan (Non-Key Employees). (5)

         10.1.7   Trust Agreement of Santa Barbara Bank & Trust
                  Voluntary Beneficiary Association. (5)

              10.1.7.1 First Amendment to Trust Agreement of Santa
                       Barbara Bank & Trust Voluntary Beneficiary
                       Association. (4)

         10.1.8   Santa Barbara Bancorp 1996 Directors Stock Option Plan, as
                  amended March 24, 1998. (7)

              10.1.8.1 Santa Barbara Bancorp 1996 Directors Stock Option
                       Agreement. (3)

              10.1.8.2 Santa Barbara Bancorp 1996 Directors Stock
                       Option Agreement (Reload Option). (3)

         10.1.9   Pacific Capital Bancorp  Directors' Stock Option Plan and Form
                  of  Stock  Option  Agreement  (incorporated  by  reference  to
                  Exhibit 10.25 to Pacific  Capital  Bancorp's  Annual Report on
                  Form  10-K  (File  No.  0-13528)  for the  fiscal  year  ended
                  December 31, 1991).

         10.1.10  Pacific  Capital  Bancorp  1984 Stock Option Plan and Forms of
                  Agreements  as amended to date  (incorporated  by reference to
                  Exhibit 10.27 to Pacific  Capital  Bancorp's  Annual Report on
                  Form  10-K  (File  No.  0-13528)  for the  fiscal  year  ended
                  December 31, 1991).

         10.1.11  Pacific Capital Bancorp 1994 Stock Option Plan, as
                  amended, and Forms of Incentive and  Non-Qualified
                  Stock Option Agreements (incorporated by reference to
                  Exhibit 4 to Pacific Capital Bancorp's Amendment No. 1
                  to Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No.
                  33-83848) filed on November 15, 1994).

         10.1.12  Pacific Capital Bancorp Management Retention Plan
                  as amended through January 11, 1999. (7)

         10.1.13  Pacific Capital Bancorp Deferred Compensation Plan dated
                  December 15, 1999. **

              10.1.13.1 Trust Agreement under Pacific Capital Bancorp Deferred
                        Compensation Plan dated December 15, 1999. **

     10.2  Consolidated  Agreement  dated December 17, 1991 by and between First
           National Bank of Central  California  and Unisys with  Equipment Sale
           Agreement,  Software License  Agreement and Product License Agreement
           by  and  between  First  National  Bank  of  Central  California  and
           Information Technology, Inc. (6)

13.  Portions of Annual Report to Security Holders

21.  Subsidiaries of the registrant

23.  Consents of Experts and Counsel

     23.1  Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP with respect to financial
           statements of the Registrant

     23.2  Consent of KPMG LLP with respect to financial statements of the
           Registrant

27.  Financial Data Schedule



Shareholders may obtain a copy of any exhibit by writing to:

     Carol Kelleher, Corporate Services Administrator
     Pacific Capital Bancorp
     P.O. Box 1119
     Santa Barbara, CA 93102

*    Effective December 30, 1998, Santa Barbara Bancorp and Pacific
     Capital Bancorp merged and contemporaneously with effectiveness
     of the merger, Santa Barbara Bancorp, the surviving entity,
     changed its corporate name to Pacific Capital Bancorp.
     Documents identified as filed by Santa Barbara Bancorp prior to
     December 30, 1998 were filed by Santa Barbara Bancorp.
     Documents identified as filed by Pacific Capital Bancorp prior
     to December 30, 1998 were filed by Pacific Capital Bancorp as
     it existed prior to the merger.

**   Filed herewith.

The Exhibits listed below are incorporated by reference to the specified filing.

(1)  Filed as Appendix A to Proxy Statement filed by Santa Barbara
     Bancorp in Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form
     S-4 (registration No. 333-64093) filed November 4, 1998.

(2)  Filed as Exhibits 4.1 and 4.2 to the Registration Statement on
     Form S-8 of Pacific Capital Bancorp (Registration No.
     333-74831) filed March 18, 1999.

(3)  Filed as Exhibits 10.1.1 through 10.1.1.5 and 10.1.10 through  10.1.10.2 to
     Annual Report on Form 10-K of Santa Barbara  Bancorp (File  No.0-11113) for
     fiscal year ended December 31, 1996.

(4)  Filed as an Exhibit to Annual Report on Form 10-K of Santa Barbara  Bancorp
     (File No.0-11113) for fiscal year ended December 31, 1995.

(5)  Filed as an Exhibit to Annual Report on Form 10-K of Santa Barbara  Bancorp
     (File No.0-11113) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997.

(6)  Filed as  Exhibits  10.23  through  10.34 to the  Annual  Report of Pacific
     Capital  Bancorp on Form 10-K (File No.  0-13528) for the fiscal year ended
     December 31, 1991.

(7)  Filed  as an Exhibit to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of
     Pacific Capital Bancorp (File No. 0-11113) for the fiscal year
     ended December 31, 1998.




<PAGE>
                                                    Exhibit 10.1.13

                             PACIFIC CAPITAL BANCORP

                           DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN


      THIS  DEFERRED  COMPENSATION  PLAN  (the  "Plan")  is  made  and  adopted,
effective on the date set forth below, by PACIFIC CAPITAL BANCORP  ("Employer"),
with reference to the following facts:

      RECITALS:

      A. The Employer has elected to adopt this Plan in order to enable a select
group  of  management  or  highly  compensated   employees  to  elect  to  defer
compensation in the manner described below.

      B. It is the  intention of the Employer  that (i) this Plan be an unfunded
plan of deferred compensation; (ii) this Plan be exempt from the requirements of
the  Employee  Income  Retirement  Security  Act of 1974 to the  maximum  extent
permitted by law; and (iii) the amounts allocated to the "Participant  Accounts"
(as defined  below)  pursuant to the Plan, as well as earnings  thereon,  not be
included in the income of the Participant until the taxable year in which either
such  amount is paid to the  Participant,  or the  Participant  has the right to
receive a payment of such amount, pursuant to the Plan.

      PLAN:

      NOW, THEREFORE,  the Employer,  intending to be legally bound, does hereby
adopt the following Plan.

1.    DEFINITIONS

      For  purposes  of this Plan,  each of the  following  terms shall have the
meaning set forth below:

1.1 "Acquired  Company Deferred  Compensation  Plan" shall mean (a) that certain
Executive  Compensation Deferral Plan sponsored by South Valley National Bank, a
California corporation,  pursuant to certain resolutions adopted by the Board of
Directors  of South  Valley  National  Bank as of March 24,  1998,  and (b) that
certain Executive Compensation Deferral Plan sponsored by First National Bank of
Central  California as adopted by the Board of Directors of First  National Bank
of Central  California  as of March 24,  1998,  and (c) that  certain  Executive
Compensation  Deferral Plan formerly  sponsored by Pacific  Capital  Bancorp,  a
California  corporation  that was  acquired by Employer  in a  transaction  that
closed effective December 30, 1998, as adopted by the Board of Directors of such
corporation as of March 24, 1998.

1.2 "Active Insured  Employee" shall mean each  Participant who dies at the time
such Participant is actively employed by the Employer,  and with respect to whom
the Employer owns or maintains on the life of such  Participant a policy of life
insurance. A Participant (a) who is employed by the Employer shall be deemed not
to be an Active Insured Employee if such  Participant has terminated  employment
with the Employer prior to the date of such  Participant's  death, and (b) shall
be  deemed  to be  "actively  employed"  by the  Employer  if  such  Participant
customarily  works for the Employer for at least one thousand  (1,000) hours per
year.

1.3 "Administrative  Committee" means the Committee constituted by Employer from
time to time to administer this Plan.

1.4 "Affiliate"  means each  corporation,  all the outstanding  capital stock of
which is owned by PACIFIC CAPITAL BANCORP, a California corporation.

1.5  "Beneficiary"  means each person,  as designated by the  Participant on the
Participant's  Beneficiary  Designation  Form,  who is  entitled  to  receive  a
distribution  of  part  or all of the  amounts  otherwise  distributable  to the
Participant pursuant to this Plan.

1.6  "Beneficiary  Designation  Form"  means  the  form  prescribed  by the Plan
Administrator  from time to time for each  Participant's  use in designating the
Beneficiary  entitled to receive a distribution  of the  Participant's  benefits
under this Plan.

1.7 "Code"  means the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended from time to
time.

1.8  "Compensation"  means the  amount of  taxable  compensation  payable by the
Employer to the Participant, and shall include (a) the Employee's taxable salary
or wages,  (b) taxable  bonuses  payable to the Employee from time to time,  (c)
taxable income  attributable  to (i)  Employee's  exercise of options to acquire
Employer capital stock, and (ii) compensation transfers to Employee of shares of
Employer's capital stock, and (d) with respect to Directors,  the amount of fees
payable by the Employer or any Affiliate to the Director in consideration of the
Director's services as a Director.

1.9   "Contributions"   means   Salary   Reduction   Contributions,
Employer  Matching   Contributions,   and  Employer   Discretionary
Contributions.

1.10  "Director"  means each person who is a member of the Board of Directors of
Employer or any Affiliate.

1.11  "Disabled"  means,  with respect to a  Participant,  that the  Participant
suffers from a physical or mental condition, as determined by a licensed medical
doctor  selected or  approved  by the  Employer,  that  renders the  Participant
incapable of performing services as an Employee.

1.12  "Earnings"  means the deemed  income and gain  attributable  to the deemed
investment  of the  balance  credited  to a  Participant  Account in  Investment
Options.

1.13  "Effective Date" means December 15, 1999.

1.14 "Eligible Employee" means each Employee who either (a) was a participant in
an  Acquired  Company  Deferred  Compensation  Plan and  either  (i) is named on
Exhibit A to this  Plan,  subject  to the  limits on  participation  imposed  by
Section 3.2.1,  below, or (ii) elects to roll over into the Trust some or all of
the account  credit  accumulated  for such Employee  under the Acquired  Company
Deferred Compensation Plan in which such Employee participated, or (b) hereafter
is designated by the  Administrative  Committee as an "Eligible  Employee" under
this Plan.

1.15  "Eligible Person" means (a) each Eligible  Employee,  and (b)
each Director.

1.16  "Employee"  means each person who is a common law employee of
the Employer or any Affiliate.

1.17 "Employer" means (a) PACIFIC CAPITAL BANCORP, a California corporation, and
(b) each Affiliate of PACIFIC CAPITAL BANCORP.

1.18 "Employer  Discretionary Account" means the account established pursuant to
Section  4.1(c),  below,  to which the  portion  of any  Employer  Discretionary
Contribution allocated to the Participant shall be allocated.

1.19 "Employer  Discretionary  Contribution" means the amount, if any, which the
Employer  elects,  from time to time and in the sole discretion of the Employer,
to  contribute  to the Plan and allocate to the  Participant  Accounts of one or
more Participants, as further described in Section 3.4 below.

1.20  "Employer  Matching  Account"  means the account  established  pursuant to
Section 4.1(b),  below, to which the  Participant's  share of Employer  Matching
Contributions and Earnings thereon are allocated.

1.21  "Employer  Matching  Contribution"  means the  amount,  if any,  which the
Employer elects to contribute to the Plan pursuant to Section 3.3, below.

1.22  "ERISA"  means the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of 1974,  as
amended from time to time.

1.23 "Event of Hardship" means,  subject to Section 6.3, below,  with respect to
each Participant,  a severe financial hardship to the Participant resulting from
the occurrence of one or more of the following circumstances:

1.23.1     Illness.  The  occurrence  of a  sudden  and  unexpected
illness  or  accident  to  a  Participant  or  a  person  who  is a
"dependent"  of a Participant  (as the term  "dependent" is defined
in Section 152(a) of the Code);

1.23.2     Casualty.  The loss of the  Participant's  property  due
to casualty; or

1.23.3     Other.    Any   other    similar    extraordinary    and
unforeseeable  event  arising  as a result  of  events  beyond  the
control of the Participant.

1.24   "Investment   Election  Form"  means  a  form   prescribed  by  the  Plan
Administrator  for use by  Participants  in designating  the manner in which the
balance in each Participant's Account shall be deemed to be invested pursuant to
Section 5, below.

1.25 "Investment Option" means each alternative investment option offered by the
Employer  from  time to time as an  investment  vehicle  in  which  the  amounts
allocated to each Participant's Accounts may be deemed to be invested.

1.26 "Participant" means each Eligible Person who commences participation in the
Plan in the manner prescribed by Section 2, below.  1.27 "Participant  Accounts"
means, with respect to each Participant,  the (a) Salary Reduction Account,  (b)
Employer Matching Account, and (c) Employer Discretionary Account.

1.28  "Participant  Election  Form"  means  the  form  prescribed  by  the  Plan
Administrator  on which  each  Eligible  Person  may  reflect  the  election  to
participate  in this Plan and to make a Salary  Reduction  Contribution  to this
Plan.

1.29 "Pay Period" means (a) with respect to each Eligible Employee,  the regular
weekly, bi-weekly, semi-monthly, monthly, or other Pay Period which the Employer
uses in paying  Compensation  to its  Employees,  and (b) with  respect  to each
Director,  the regular  intervals at which  compensation is paid to Directors in
consideration of their services as a Director.

1.30  "Plan" means this Deferred Compensation Plan.

1.31 "Plan  Administrator" means the Employer and any other person designated by
the Employer, from time to time, to be the "Plan Administrator" under this Plan.

1.32 "Plan Year" means each period of twelve (12)  consecutive  months beginning
on January 1 and ending on December 31.

1.33 "Retirement" means the Employee's  voluntarily  terminating employment with
the  Employer  following  the  first  date as of which (a) the  Participant  has
attained at least age 55 and has  completed at least eight (8) years of service,
and (b) the sum of the Employee's age plus Years of Service is at least equal to
seventy-five (75).

1.34  "Salary  Reduction  Account"  means the  account  established  pursuant to
Section 4.1(a), below, to which the Participant's Salary Reduction Contributions
are allocated.

1.35 "Salary  Reduction  Contribution"  means, with respect to each Participant,
the amount of the  Participant's  Compensation  which the Participant  elects to
contribute to this Plan in accordance with Section 3.2, below.

1.36  "Vested"  means the portion of the funds  allocated  to the  Participant's
Accounts which is deemed to be nonforfeitable and owned by the Employee pursuant
to Section 4, below.

1.37  "Year of Service" means:

1.37.1 Service With Employer.  Each period of twelve months in which an Employee
works as a full-time  Employee of the  Employer.  Such periods shall be measured
from the date such Employee first becomes an Employee of the Employer,  and from
annual  anniversaries  of such date.  All periods of service  with the  Employer
shall be aggregated.

1.37.2     Credited  Service.  Each other  period of  service  with
any other  employer  or person for which the  Employer  elects,  in
its sole and absolute  discretion,  to credit the Participant under
this Plan.

2.    ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

2.1  Eligibility.  Subject to Section 2.2, below,  each Eligible Person shall be
eligible to commence participation in the Plan:

2.1.1 Effective  Date. For each person who is an "Eligible  Person"
on the Effective Date of this Plan, as of the Effective Date; and

2.1.2 Later. For each other person,  an individual who first becomes an Eligible
Person after the Effective Date, immediately after such individual has completed
thirty (30) consecutive days of services as a Director or Employee,  as the case
may be.

2.2   Limitation on Elections.  Notwithstanding  any  provisions of
this Plan to the contrary:

2.2.1 Timing.  An Eligible  Employee may file an election to  participate in and
make Salary  Reduction  Contributions to this Plan only if such election is made
(a) by each individual who is an Eligible Person as of the Effective Date, on or
before  such  Effective  Date,  and each  Eligible  Person who first  becomes an
Eligible Person after a Plan Year has begun,  within thirty (30) days after such
Eligible Person has received  written  notification  from the Employer that such
individual is an Eligible Person, and (b) thereafter,  with respect to each Plan
Year,  at least  fifteen  (15) days prior to the first day of such Plan Year (as
further described in Section 3.2.1, below).

2.2.2  Participants  in Acquired  Company  Plans.  Employer has agreed to permit
certain  Participants  in the Acquired  Company Plans to elect to roll into this
Plan the amounts  credited to such  Participants'  accounts  under the  Acquired
Company Plans.  Any such Participant in that Acquired Company Plan who so elects
to effect  that  rollover in credits  shall be entitled to make with  respect to
such rolled over credits such deemed investment  elections and such distribution
elections under this Plan as would any Eligible Person hereunder.

2.3 Participation.  Each Eligible Employee who (a) is an Eligible Employee as of
the Effective Date, may begin making Salary  Reduction  Contributions  as of the
first day of the first Pay Period  beginning on or after the Effective Date, (b)
becomes an Eligible  Employee  after the Effective  Date may being making Salary
Reduction  Contributions  as of the first day of the first  Plan Year  beginning
after such person becomes an Eligible Employee, if such Eligible Employee timely
files an election for such Plan Year in accordance with Section 2.2, above,  and
Section 3.2.1, below.

2.4  Continuation  of  Participant.  Subject  to  Section  2.5,  below,  once an
individual  has become an "Eligible  Person"  under this Plan,  such  individual
shall  continue to be an  Eligible  Person for so long as such  individual  is a
Director or Eligible  Employee of the  Employer,  notwithstanding  whether  such
individual  thereafter may change the individual's  status with the Employer and
Affiliate.

2.5 ERISA Termination. If the Employer determines in good faith that the Plan no
longer  would be  maintained  for a  "selected  group of  management  or  highly
compensated  employees"  within the meaning of Sections 201(2),  301(a)(3),  and
401(a)(1) of ERISA if the  Participant  continued to have rights under the Plan,
then:

2.5.1 Termination  of  Rights.  Such  Participant  no longer  shall
have any rights under the Plan; and

2.5.2  Individual  Agreement.  The  Employer  shall  execute a separate  written
agreement  with the  Participant,  providing  the  Participant  such rights with
respect to Vested amounts that are allocated to the Participant's Account (as of
the date the Participant  ceased to be a member of "a select group of management
or highly  compensated  employees,"  as  defined  above),  as are  substantially
identical to those which the Participant then may possess under this Plan.

2.6   Accounts Under Prior Plans.  Employer hereby:

2.6.1  Acknowledgment  Re Prior  Plan.  Acknowledges  that (a)  Pacific  Capital
Bancorp, a California  corporation ("Old Pacific") and certain of its affiliates
sponsored  the  Acquired  Company  Plans,  and (b) in  transactions  that closed
effective December 30, 1998, Old Pacific merged with and into Employer; and

2.6.2  Acceptance  of Accounts.  Hereby agrees that from and after the Effective
Date,  (a) each account  maintained  under the Acquired  Company  Plans shall be
deemed to be a "Salary Reduction  Account" under this Plan,, and (b) each person
on whose  behalf an account was  maintained  under an Acquired  Company Plan (i)
shall have with respect to the deemed  investment  of such  account  balance and
distributions  from such account all of the rights of "Eligible  Persons"  under
this Plan with respect to Participant  accounts  maintained  under this Plan for
such Eligible  Persons,  (ii) shall be deemed to be one hundred  percent  (100%)
Vested in all amounts  allocated to the  Participant's  Salary Reduction Account
under this Plan;  and (iii) shall be eligible to make further  Contributions  to
this Plan as if such  former  Participant  in an Acquired  Company  Plan were an
"Eligible Person" with respect to this Plan.

3.    CONTRIBUTIONS TO PLAN

3.1  Contributions.  The Employer shall  contribute to this Plan and allocate to
the Participants' Accounts (a) Salary Reduction Contributions,  at the direction
of each  Participant,  as further  described in Section 3.2, below, (b) Employer
Matching  Contributions,  in the discretion of Employer, as further described in
Section  3.3,  below,  and  (c)  Employer  Discretionary  Contributions,  in the
discretion of Employer, as further described in Section 3.4, below.

3.2   Salary   Reduction   Contributions.    The   Employer   shall
contribute  to this Plan on behalf of each  Participant  the amount
of the Participant's Salary Reduction Contributions.

3.2.1 Election. Each Participant desiring to make Salary Reduction Contributions
to this Plan shall complete and deliver to the Plan  Administrator a Participant
Election Form,  specifying a uniform amount of money, or a uniform percentage of
the Participant's  Compensation,  which is to be withheld from the Participant's
Compensation during each Pay Period.

A.    For each Plan Year, each Participant electing to make any Salary Reduction
      Contribution  must  elect to  contribute  at least Five  Thousand  Dollars
      ($5,000.00) in Salary Reduction Contributions for such Plan Year.

B.    The initial election form for each Participant  shall be made
      within  the  appropriate  period  described  in  Section 2.2,
      above.   Each  subsequent   election  form  which  either  is
      intended to increase the amount of the  Participant's  Salary
      Reduction Contributions,  or is to take effect at a time when
      the Participant does not have a currently  effective election
      in place,  shall not take effect  prior to  January 1  of the
      first Plan Year  beginning  after the Plan Year in which such
      election  form  is  filed  with  and  accepted  by  the  Plan
      Administrator.

3.2.2 As  contemplated  by  Section  1.8(c)(i),  above,  such  Salary  Reduction
Contribution  may apply to income  attributable  to  Participant's  exercise  of
options  to  acquire  the  capital  stock  of  Employer.  Any  Salary  Reduction
Contribution  attributable  to such income  shall be made at the time and in the
manner designated by the Plan Administrator from time to time.

A.    Once a Participant Election Form has been delivered to and accepted by the
      Plan  Administrator,  the election  reflected on that form shall remain in
      effect  until  either (1) it is revoked or  modified  pursuant  to Section
      3.2.2, below, or (2) this Plan is terminated.

B.    Notwithstanding  any other  provision of this Plan to the contrary,  in no
      event  may a  Participant  elect to make an  amount  of  Salary  Reduction
      contributions  to the Plan which would cause the  Participant's  remaining
      Compensation to be less than the amount of social security taxes and other
      wage withholding  amounts due to cognizant taxing authorities with respect
      to the Participant's Compensation.

3.2.3  Irrevocable  Elections.  A  Participant  from time to time may reduce the
amount of the Participant's  Salary Reduction  Contributions,  or revoke a prior
election to make Salary  Reduction  Contributions  to the Plan, by delivering to
the Plan  Administrator  a new  Participant  Election  Form,  specifying the new
amount, if any, of the Participant's Salary Reduction Contribution. Any such new
election  form shall not be  effective  prior to the first day of the first Plan
Year  beginning  at least  fifteen  (15) days  after such form is filed with and
accepted by the Plan Administrator. An election to increase the amount of Salary
Reduction  Contributions  shall not take effect prior to April 1 of the calendar
year  following  the calendar year in which such election form is filed with and
accepted by the Plan Administrator.

3.2.4  Allocation.  The entire amount of the Salary  Reduction  Contributions of
each  Participant  shall be  allocated to the Salary  Reduction  Account of that
Participant at the time required by Section 3.5.1, below.

3.2.5  Suspension  of  Contributions.  The  Participant's  right to make  Salary
Reduction  Contributions  shall be  suspended  during  the  twelve-month  period
described in Section 6.3.3, below.

3.3 Employer Matching  Contributions.  The Employer from time to time may elect,
in its sole and absolute discretion,  to make Employer Matching Contributions to
the Plan on  behalf of each  Participant.  If the  Employer  elects to make such
Contributions  for any Plan Year, then the Employer shall contribute to the Plan
in any such  Plan  Year on  behalf  of each  Participant  an  Employer  Matching
Contribution in an amount equal to such percentage of the  Participant's  Salary
Reduction Contributions as is determined and announced by the Employer.

3.3.1 Timing.  Such Employer Matching  Contributions shall be contributed to the
Plan at the same time as the  Salary  Reduction  Contributions  with  respect to
which the Employer Contributions are being made.

3.3.2 Allocation.  The entire amount of the Employer  Matching  Contributions of
each  Participant  shall be allocated to the Employer  Matching  Account of that
Participant.

3.4 Employer Discretionary  Contributions.  The Employer may elect, from time to
time and in its sole and absolute  discretion,  to make  Employer  Discretionary
Contributions  to the  Plan  in  such  amount,  if any,  as the  Employer  deems
appropriate.

3.4.1 Notice to  Participants.  If the Employer elects to make any such Employer
Discretionary  Contributions  to the Plan with respect to any Plan Year, then as
soon as  practicable  after the date on which such  Contribution  is made by the
Employer,  the  Employer  shall  advise the  Participants  of the amount of such
Contribution and the manner in which such Contribution shall be allocated to the
Employer Discretionary Accounts of the Participants.

3.4.2  Allocation.  It is  contemplated  that  the  Employer  may  use  Employer
Discretionary  Contributions either (a) to encourage Participants to make Salary
Reduction Contributions, (b) to reward selected Participants in varying amounts,
or (c) to reward all Participants  generally in a consistent manner.  Therefore,
all such Employer Discretionary Contributions shall be allocated to the Employer
Discretionary  Accounts  of  Participants  in such  manner as the  Employer  may
announce from time to time, and the Employer shall not be required to use in one
Plan Year the same formula for making such  allocations as the Employer used for
making such  allocations  in any other Plan Year.  The  Employer  shall have the
discretion to direct that such allocations be made:

A.    In proportion to the compensation of each Participant;

B.    In  proportion to the  compensation  of  Participants  making
      Salary  Reduction   Contributions   during  the  period  with
      respect to which the Employer  Discretionary  Contribution is
      made;

C.    In accordance with the account balances of all Participants;

D.    In  proportion  to  the  Salary  Reduction  Contributions  of
      Participants  making  such  Contributions  during  the period
      with   respect   to   which   the   Employer    Discretionary
      Contribution is being made;

E.    Only to the Employer  Discretionary  Accounts of specifically
      named Participants;

F.    In a  manner  combining  some  one or more  of the  foregoing
      methods; or

G.    In  such  other  manner  as the  Employer,  in its  sole  and
      absolute discretion, may select from time to time.

3.4.3  Allocations  for  Active  Insured  Participants.  In  addition  to  other
allocations  permitted or required under this Plan, Employer shall credit to the
Employer  Discretionary  Account of each Active Insured  Participant the amounts
required  pursuant to Section  4.2.4(b),  below.  Such amount  shall be credited
within the time period specified in such Section 4.2.4(b).

3.5   Timing of  Allocations.  Contributions  to this Plan shall be
allocated to the each Participant's Accounts as follows:

3.5.1  Salary  Reduction   Contributions.   With  respect  to  Salary  Reduction
Contributions,  the amount of such  contribution for each  Participant  shall be
allocated to the Salary  Reduction  Account of the  Participant  within five (5)
business  days after the end of the Pay Period with respect to which such Salary
Reduction   Contribution   has  been  withheld  from  the  Compensation  of  the
Participant.

3.5.2 Employer Matching Contributions.  Employer Matching Contributions shall be
allocated to the Employer  Matching Account of each Participant at the same time
as the Salary Reduction  Contribution  with respect to which it is being made is
required to be allocated to the Participant's  Salary Reduction Account pursuant
to Section 3.5.1, above.

3.5.3   Employer   Discretionary   Contributions.   With   respect  to  Employer
Discretionary Contributions, the contribution shall be allocated to the Employer
Discretionary  Account of each Participant  entitled to receive an allocation at
the time designated by the Employer in its notice to Participants regarding such
contribution.

4.    ACCOUNTS AND VESTING

4.1   Participant's   Accounts.   There  shall  be  established  on
behalf of each Participant (a) a Salary Reduction  Account,  (b) an
Employer  Matching  Account,  and  (c) an  Employer   Discretionary
Account.

4.2   Vesting.  Each Participant:

4.2.1 Salary Reduction  Account.  At all times shall be one hundred
percent   (100%)   Vested   in  all   amounts   allocable   to  the
Participant's Salary Reduction Account pursuant to this Plan.

4.2.2 Employer Matching Account. Shall become Vested in amounts allocated to the
Participant's  Employer  Matching  Account  on the basis of  completed  Years of
Service, at the rate per Year of Service, and over the period of time, specified
by the Employer (in its discretion) at the time it makes such Contributions. The
Employer may, inter alia, apply different  Vesting schedules in different years,
and also use different Vesting schedules for different Participants from time to
time.

4.2.3 Employer   Discretionary  Account.  Shall  become  Vested  in
amounts  allocated  to  the  Participant's  Employer  Discretionary
Account at such time,  and in such manner,  as the Employer (in its
sole discretion) may designate.

4.2.4 Deceased Participant.  Upon the death of the Participant (a) automatically
shall become fully Vested in all amounts allocated to the Participant's Accounts
under this Plan,  and (b) if such  Participant  is an Active  Insured  Employee,
automatically   shall   receive   a  credit  to  such   Participant's   Employer
Discretionary  Account  under  this Plan a fully  vested  credit of One  Hundred
Thousand  Dollars  ($100,000.00)  effective  not  later  than  thirty  (30) days
following the date of such Participant's death.

4.3   Adjustments to Account  Balances.  The balance in each of the
Participant's Accounts shall be:

4.3.1 Increases. Increased by (a) the amount of the Contributions required to be
allocated  to such  account  pursuant  to  Section 3,  above,  (b) the amount of
forfeitures allocated to the account pursuant to Section 4.4, below, and (c) the
amount of  income,  gain,  and  other  earnings  allocable  to such  account  in
accordance with the provisions of Section 5, below.

4.3.2 Decreases.  Decreased by (a) the amount of distributions deemed to be paid
to the  Participant or his  Beneficiaries  from such account,  (b) the amount of
deemed  investment  losses  allocable  to  such  account  from  time  to time in
accordance with Section 5, below,  (c) the amount of expenses  allocable to such
account  from time to time  pursuant to Section  7.7,  below,  (d) the amount of
forfeitures  by the  Participant  pursuant to Section 4.4,  below,  and (d) with
respect to the Employer Matching Account and the Employer Discretionary Account,
the amount which is forfeited pursuant to Section 4.4, below.

4.4 Forfeiture.  If a Participant's  employment (or, with respect to a Director,
such  Director's  status as a Director)  with the Employer or an Affiliate  (or,
with respect to Directors, is not again elected as a Director of the Employer or
an  Affiliate)  is  terminated  for  any  reason,  and  the  Participant  is not
re-employed by the Employer or an Affiliate  (or, with respect to Directors,  is
not again  elected as a Director of the  Employer or an  Affiliate)  with ninety
(90) days after the effective  date of such  termination,  then the  Participant
shall  forfeit all rights to any amounts  allocated to any of the  Participant's
Accounts in which the  Participant  is not then  Vested.  The amount of any such
forfeitures  under this  Section 4.4 shall,  in the  discretion  of the Employer
determined annually,  either be (a) reallocated to the remaining Participants in
such manner in which the Employer may announce from time to time, or (b) held in
a suspense  account and thereafter  applied in such manner as the Employer shall
direct.

4.5  Accounting  and Reports.  Promptly  after the end of each calendar  quarter
during each Plan Year,  the Plan  Administrator  shall cause to be  delivered to
each  Participant  a  statement  summarizing  transactions  with  respect to the
amounts  allocated  to  each  Participant's  Account  during,  and  the  balance
allocated as of the last day of, the immediately preceding calendar quarter.

5.    DEEMED INVESTMENT OF ACCOUNTS

5.1 Investment  Options.  The Employer shall  designate and notify  Participants
from time to time of those  Investment  Options in which the amounts credited to
the Participants' Accounts may be deemed to be invested.

5.2   Deemed  Investments.  The balance in each Participant Account
shall be deemed to be invested as follows:

5.2.1 Directed Investment. If and to the extent that the Participant has made an
election to have the balance in the  Participant's  Accounts  invested in one or
more  Investment  Options,  such balance  shall be deemed to be invested in such
Investment  Options in the manner  contemplated by the Participant's  Investment
Election Form from time to time.

5.2.2 Default  Investment.  If the Participant has not timely and properly filed
an Investment  Election  Form in accordance  with this Plan, or if any such form
does not direct the investor of the entire balance in the Participant's account,
then the  balance of the  Participant's  Account  (or any  portion  thereof  not
subject to a proper Investment  Election Form) shall be deemed to be invested in
such  manner,  if any, as the Employer  may  announce  from time to time.  It is
contemplated  that  if  the  Employer  elects  to  treat  such  portion  of  the
Participant's  Accounts as being  invested in a "default"  investment,  then any
such default  investment  will generate only minimal deemed  returns  consistent
with such investment in instruments as short-term money market instruments.  The
Company  shall not be  obligated  to invest  any  monies in any such  Investment
Options;  rather, such deemed investments are intended merely to provide a basis
for accounting for changes in the amount of Participant's  account balance under
this Plan.

5.3 Changes in Investment Elections. A Participant may modify such Participant's
Investment  Election  Form in order to  change  the  manner  in which all or any
portion  of the  balance  in the  Participant's  Account  shall be  deemed to be
invested.  A Participant may make such an election not more frequently than once
in each calendar  month,  effective as of the first day of such calendar  month,
provided that the  Participant  delivers  written notice of such change (on such
form as the Plan  Administrator may specify from time to time) at least five (5)
days prior to the first day of such calendar month.

5.4 Crediting Account Balances. All income, gain, loss, and expense attributable
to an  Investment  Option  shall be deemed to be  credited  to the  balance in a
Participant's  account  as of the time as of which such  amount  would have been
credited to such account if the amount deemed invested in such Investment Option
actually had been invested in such Investment Option.

5.5 Change in Options  Offered.  The  Employer  from time to time may change the
Investment  Options offered to Participants  under this Plan. If, as a result of
any such change, an Investment  Option previously  offered under this Plan is no
longer  offered,  then  the  amount  then  invested  in such  Investment  Option
thereafter shall be deemed to be invested in (a) such other Investment Option as
is selected by the  Participant,  or (b) in the absence of such a selection,  in
such default Investment Option as is offered by the Employer pursuant to Section
5.2.2, above.

6.    DISTRIBUTIONS

6.1   Distribution  Events. A Participant  shall not be entitled to
receive  any portion of the amount  credited to such  Participant's
Accounts  prior  to the  occurrence  of  any  one  or  more  of the
following events:

6.1.1 Death.  The death of the Participant;

6.1.2 Disability.  The Participant has become Disabled;

6.1.3 Election.  As soon as  administratively  feasible  after  the
date  designated  by the  Participant  as the  date  on  which  the
balance in the  Participant's  Account is to be  distributed to the
Participant or his Beneficiary;

6.1.4 Hardship.   There   has   occurred   with   respect   to  the
Participant an Event of Hardship.

6.1.5 Retirement.  The Retirement of the Participant.

6.2   Timing of Distributions.

6.2.1 Election.  Subject to Section 6.2.2,  below,  when a Participant  files an
election  to  make  Salary  Reduction  Contributions  for  any  Plan  Year,  the
Participant  may elect to receive such Salary  Reduction  Deferrals and earnings
thereon  either (a) upon  termination of the  Participant's  employment or other
service engagement with the Employer or an Affiliate,  or (b) at such other time
as the Participant then may designate.

A.    If the  Participant  elects to receive  such  Contributions  and  earnings
      thereon at termination of employment  (or other service  engagement)  with
      the Employer or an Affiliate, then such election shall be irrevocable.
B.    If the Participant  later terminates  employment by reason of
      Retirement or Disability,  then the amount  distributable  to
      the Participant  shall be  distributable,  at the election of
      the Participant,  either (i) in substantially equal quarterly
      installments  over a period  of ten (10)  years,  or  (ii) in
      substantially  equal quarterly  installments over a period of
      either five (5) or fifteen  (15) years,  or (iii) in one lump
      sum;  provided,  if  the  Participant's  Participant  Account
      balance is less than Fifty Thousand  Dollars  ($50,000.00) as
      of the date on which  distributions  first become  payable to
      the  Participant,  then the Participant  shall be entitled to
      receive such distributions only in a lump sum.

C.    If the  Participant's  employment  or other  service  engagement  with the
      Employer  or  an  Affiliate   terminates  other  than  by  reason  of  the
      Participant's   Retirement   or   Disability,   then  the  entire   amount
      distributable to the Participant shall be paid in a lump sum.

6.2.2 Scheduled In-Service  Distributions.  If pursuant to Section 6.2.1, above,
the  Participant  has  elected to receive a  distribution  of the  Participant's
account  while the  Participant  is still  employed by (or  otherwise  providing
services to) the Employer or an Affiliate, then:

A.    Such  distributions  shall  commence  in any year which is at
      least two (2) years  after the Plan Year in which the  Salary
      Reduction  Contributions  are  credited to the  Participant's
      account;

B.    The   Participant   may   elect   to   receive   the   amount
      distributable to the Participant  either (i) in one lump sum,
      or (ii) in substantially equal quarterly  installments over a
      period of two (2),  three (3),  four (4),  or five (5) years;
      provided,   if  the  total   amount   distributable   to  the
      Participant is Twenty-five  Thousand Dollars  ($25,000.00) or
      less  when  amounts   first  become   distributable   to  the
      Participant,  then  the  entire  amount  shall be paid to the
      Participant in one lump sum; and

C.    If  a   Participant   is  receiving   in-service   quarterly   installment
      distributions   and  while   receiving   such   distributions   terminates
      employment,  then the  remainder of the  installments  will be paid to the
      Participant as a lump sum as promptly as practicable  after termination of
      employment (or other service engagement).

6.2.3 Non-Scheduled  In-Service  Distributions.  Any Participant at any time may
elect, while still employed by the Employer or an Affiliate (or while serving as
a Director),  to receive a distribution of such Participant's  Vested balance in
the Participant's account under this Plan, subject to the following limitations:

A.    Such election may be made only by filing with the Plan Administrator prior
      to the end of any  calendar  month for which a  distribution  is requested
      such early distribution form as the Plan Administrator may specify.

B.    By reasons of the  forfeiture  provision  set forth in Paragraph D, below,
      the maximum amount of any distribution  under this Section 6.2.3 shall not
      exceed the amount by which (i) the  Participant's  Vested account  balance
      immediately prior to the  distribution,  exceeds (ii) the amount forfeited
      under Paragraph D, below.

C.    The amount distributable to the Participant pursuant to this Section 6.2.3
      may be paid only in a single  cash lump sum as soon as  practicable  after
      the end of the calendar month in which the  distribution  election is made
      and the proper form is filed with the Plan Administrator.

D.    Concurrently  with  the  distribution  of the  amount  distributed  to the
      Participant to this Section 6.2.3, the Participant shall forfeit an amount
      equal to ten  percent  (10.0%)  of the  gross  amount  distributed  to the
      Participant  pursuant to this Section  6.2.3,  and the Employer  shall not
      have any further  obligations to the Participant or his  beneficiary  with
      respect to such forfeited amount.

E.    The  Participant  thereafter  shall not be  eligible  to make any  further
      Salary  Reduction  Contributions to the Plan for the remainder of the Plan
      Year in which such  distribution  is made under this Section 6.2.3 and for
      the entire following Plan Year.

6.2.4 Deceased Participant.  If:

A.    A Participant  dies,  then the  Participant's  entire account
      balance shall be paid, in one lump sum, to the  Participant's
      named beneficiary; and

B.    A terminated  Participant  who is receiving  distributions  dies, then the
      beneficiary  named  by  such  Participant  shall  continue  receiving  the
      remainder of the quarterly installments as they become due.

6.3 Event of Hardship. A Participant  requesting a distribution by reason of the
occurrence  of an  Event  of  Hardship  shall  submit  an  application  for such
distribution on such form as the Plan  Administrator  shall prescribe,  together
with such additional information reasonably requested by the Plan Administrator.
The Plan Administrator  shall endeavor to make, as promptly as practicable,  its
determination  as  to  whether  the  Participant  is  entitled  to  receive  any
distribution by reason of the occurrence of an Event of Hardship.

6.3.1  Determination by Administrator.  The final determination as to whether an
Event of Hardship has occurred,  and the extent to which a  distribution  may be
made by reason of such event,  shall be made by the Plan  Administrator,  in its
sole and absolute  discretion,  on the basis of the principles set forth in this
Plan. Neither the Employer nor the Plan  Administrator  shall have any liability
whatsoever with respect to any determination of whether an Event of Hardship may
have occurred.

6.3.2  Determination and Distribution.  The determination of whether an Event of
Hardship has  occurred,  and whether a  distribution  shall be made by reason of
such event,  shall depend upon the  particular  circumstances  surrounding  each
situation. A distribution:

A.    Shall not be made to the extent that the  Participant's  severe  financial
      hardship  may be relieved (i) through  reimbursement  or  compensation  by
      insurance or otherwise,  (ii) by liquidation of the Participant's  assets,
      to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe
      financial   hardship,   or  (iii)  by   cessation   of  Salary   Reduction
      Contributions under this Plan.

B.    Shall be permitted  only to the extent  reasonably  needed to
      satisfy  the  Participant's  emergency  needs  caused  by the
      Event of Hardship.

6.3.3  Suspension of  Contributions.  A Participant  who receives a distribution
pursuant to Section 6.1.4,  above,  shall not be entitled to make further Salary
Reduction Contributions to the Plan for a period of twelve (12) months after the
date of the distribution under Section 6.1.4.

6.4  Change in  Distribution  Election.  Subject  to Section  6.2.1A,  above,  a
Participant  who has made an election  designating  the calendar year in which a
distribution is to be made to the Participant  pursuant to Section 6.2.1, above,
may  change  such  election  by  designating  another  calendar  year  for  such
distribution,  provided (a) such  election is made on a form  prescribed  by the
Plan  Administrator,  (b) such  form is filed by the  Participant  with the Plan
Administrator  prior to the  calendar  year in  which  the  distribution  to the
Participant was to be made pursuant to the previous  election form (and prior to
the commencement of any distributions under this Plan), (c) the new date for the
distribution  occurs in a calendar year subsequent to the calendar year in which
the Participant is filing the new election form, and (d) the Plan Administrator,
in its sole discretion, consents to the change.

6.5  Crediting  Distributions.   Unless  a  Participant  elects  otherwise,  any
distribution  of less  than the  entire  amount  credited  to the  Participant's
Accounts of a Participant shall be deducted pro rata from each account and shall
be deducted pro rata within each account in each Investment  Option in which the
balance in such account is deemed to be invested.

6.6 Withholding.  The amount payable to a Participant or Beneficiary  under this
Plan shall be subject to applicable federal and state withholding taxes, and the
Plan  Administrator  may withhold  from the  distribution  such amount as may be
necessary to comply with applicable tax withholding rules.

6.7  Appeals  Procedure.  If a claim for  benefits  under this Plan is wholly or
partly  denied by the Plan  Administrator,  then the  Participant  may request a
review of that decision by submitting to the Employer, not later than sixty (60)
days after  receiving  notice of the Plan  Administrator's  decision,  a written
request for review of such  decision.  Within sixty (60) days of receiving  such
application,  the Employer shall review the  application,  hold such hearings as
the Employer, in its sole and absolute discretion, deems appropriate, and advise
the Participant,  in writing, of its decision.  If the decision on review is not
provided within such sixty-day period,  then the application for appeal shall be
deemed to be denied.

7.    ADMINISTRATION

7.1 Duties of Plan  Administrator.  The Plan Administrator  shall administer the
Plan in accordance with its terms, for the exclusive benefit of Participants, in
a manner designed to achieve the Employer's objectives of:

7.1.1 Deferral.  Deferring until the date of a distribution  pursuant to Section
6, above,  the year in which each Participant must include in income the balance
credited to the Participant's Accounts under this Plan; and

7.1.2 ERISA Exemption. Limiting participation in the Plan to only a select group
of management and highly compensated  employees in order to ensure that the Plan
is exempt from ERISA to the maximum extent permissible.

7.2 Powers of Plan  Administrator.  The Plan Administrator shall have full power
and  authority to administer  and carry into effect the terms and  conditions of
the Plan,  subject to applicable  requirements of law. Such power shall include,
but not be limited to, the power to:

7.2.1 Interpret  Elections.  Interpret  election forms delivered by
Participants  and to  reject  or fail to  abide  by any  such  form
which  the  Plan   Administrator   determines  to  be   incomplete,
incorrect, or ambiguous.

7.2.2  Rules  and  Regulations.  Make and  enforce  such  reasonable  rules  and
regulations  as the  Plan  Administrator  deems  necessary  or  proper  for  the
efficient  administration of the Plan, including the establishment of any claims
procedures that may be required by applicable provisions of law;

7.2.3 Interpretation.   Interpret  in  good  faith  the  terms  and
conditions of this Plan;

7.2.4 Resolution.  Resolve all  questions  concerning  the Plan and
the eligibility of any Employee to participate in the same; and

7.2.5 Agents. Appoint and retain such agents, counsel, accountants, consultants,
and  other  persons  as  may  be  necessary  or  appropriate  to  assist  in the
administration of the Plan.

7.3  Inability to Locate  Participant.  If the Plan  Administrator  is unable to
locate a Participant within two (2) years after the Participant becomes entitled
to  receive  a  distribution  pursuant  to  Section  6.1,  above,  and the  Plan
Administrator  has given to the Participant and any named  Beneficiaries of such
Participant (by certified or registered mail, return receipt  requested,  at the
last  known   mailing   address  which  such   Participant   supplied  the  Plan
Administrator  for the Participant and  Beneficiaries for purposes of this Plan)
written  notice of the  Participant's  entitlement  to  receive  a  distribution
pursuant to this Plan,  then at the end of such two-year  period the Participant
shall   forfeit  his  right  to  receive  all  amounts  then   credited  to  the
Participant's  accounts and the Employer no longer shall have any  obligation to
make any distribution or payment to the Participant or any Beneficiary  pursuant
to this Plan.

7.4 Records. The Plan Administrator shall establish and maintain such records as
are necessary or appropriate to the efficient  administration  of the Plan. Each
Participant, upon reasonable advance notice to the Plan Administrator,  shall be
entitled to inspect such of those records as pertain to that Participant.

7.5  Filing.  The Plan  Administrator  shall  timely  file all forms that may be
required to be filed with respect to the Plan  pursuant to the Code,  ERISA,  or
other provisions of law.

7.6  Indemnification.  The Employer shall indemnify,  defend,  and hold the Plan
Administrator  free and  harmless  from  and  against  any and all  liabilities,
damages, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees, occasioned by
any actions which the Plan Administrator takes, or fails to take, in good faith,
in connection with the administration of the Plan.

7.7   Expenses.   The   Employer   may  charge  the   Participant's
Accounts   with   the   reasonable   costs   of   maintaining   and
administering the Plan.

8.    AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

8.1   Reserved  Power.  This Plan may be amended or  terminated  at
any time by a written instrument executed by the Employer.

8.2   Effect of  Termination.  If the Employer  elects to terminate
the Plan, then:

8.2.1 Vested Amounts.  Such  termination  shall not affect the obligation of the
Employer to make  distributions to the Participant (or his  Beneficiaries) of an
amount  equal  to  (a)  the  portion  of  the  amounts  then   credited  to  the
Participant's  Accounts in which the Participant is Vested, and (b) any Earnings
subsequently  credited to such Vested  balance  prior to the time such amount is
distributed to the Participant.

8.2.2 Unvested  Amounts.  The  Employer  may elect to occasion  the
forfeiture  of any  portion of the  amounts  then  credited  to the
Participant's  Accounts  in  which  the  Participant  is  not  then
Vested; and

8.2.3 Subsequent  Investment Options. The Employer may elect, in connection with
such  termination,  to  designate  a single  Investment  Option  in  which  each
Participant's  Vested balance in the Participant's  Accounts thereafter shall be
deemed  to be  invested.  The  Employer  shall  not have any duty to  select  an
Investment   Option  which  maximizes  the  deemed   investment  return  to  the
Participants.

9.    MISCELLANEOUS

9.1  Prohibition  Against  Assignment.  No portion of the amount  credited  to a
Participant's  Account  under  this  Plan may be  voluntarily  or  involuntarily
encumbered,  attached,  garnished,  or  otherwise  involuntarily  taken  by  any
creditor or claimant.

9.2  Unfunded  Plan.  This Plan is intended  to be an unfunded  plan of deferred
compensation  payable  solely from the general  assets of the Employer,  and the
Employer does not intend to establish any special fund or account from which the
amounts  payable under this Plan shall be paid.  Neither the  establishment  and
maintenance  of this Plan,  any  express or implied  term of this Plan,  nor any
provision of law shall be construed to impose on the Employer any  obligation to
establish or maintain any such special fund or account.  No  Participant  or any
other  person  shall  have any  right or claim  under  this  Plan,  except as an
unsecured  creditor of the Employer.  Any reference to a "contribution  to" this
Plan shall be deemed  merely a reference  to amounts that are to be allocated to
the  account  of  a  Participant   under  the  Plan,  and  any  reference  to  a
"distribution  from" this Plan shall be deemed to be merely a  reference  to the
amount of the payment  which the  Participant  is entitled to receive  under the
terms of this Plan.

9.3   No Employment  Rights.  Neither the adoption and  maintenance
of this Plan,  nor any express or implied  provision  of this Plan,
shall be deemed:

9.3.1 Contract.  To constitute a contract  between the Employer and
any  person,  or to be a  consideration  for  or an  inducement  or
condition of, the employment of any person;

9.3.2 Right.  To give any  person the right to be  retained  in the
employ of the Employer;

9.3.3 Discharge.  To  interfere  with the right of the  Employer to
discharge any Employee (including any Participant) at any time; or

9.3.4 Continuing  Employment.  To give the  Employer  the  right to
require an  Employee  to remain in the employ in the  Employer,  or
to interfere  with an Employee's  right to terminate his employment
at any time.

9.4  Application of ERISA.  The Employer  intends that this Plan shall be exempt
from ERISA to the maximum extent that an employee benefit plan benefiting only a
select group of  management or highly  compensated  employees may be exempt from
ERISA.

9.5   Exclusive  Benefit.  The Employer shall  administer this Plan
for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and Beneficiaries.

9.6 Interpretation.  As used in this Plan, the masculine,  feminine,  and neuter
gender and the singular  and plural  numbers each shall be deemed to include the
other  whenever  the context  indicates  or  requires.  The  captions to various
sections  of this Plan are for  convenience  of  reference  only,  and shall not
affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Plan.

9.7 Governing Law. This Plan shall be construed,  administered,  and enforced in
accordance  with the laws of the State of  California,  and in such manner as is
necessary to permit the Plan to  accomplish  the  objectives of the Employer set
forth in Recital B, above.

      IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  undersigned  Employer has  executed  this Plan,
effective as of the Effective Date specified above.



<PAGE>








- - - - - - - -----------------------------
      Date



"EMPLOYER":

PACIFIC CAPITAL BANCORP, a California corporation


By:__________________________________
      Jay D. Smith, Senior Vice President


<PAGE>





                                    EXHIBIT A

    Participant in Acquired Company Deferred Compensation Plan


      Andrews, David
      Briscoe, Dirian
      Bua, Robert
      Burnham, Suzanne
      Harner, Mark
      Love, Michael
      Marandos, Anthony
      Morganthaler, Mark
      Morris, Penny
      Parker, Sandra
      Riba, Linda


<PAGE>
                                                    Exhibit 10.1.13.1

                              TRUST AGREEMENT UNDER

               PACIFIC CAPITAL BANCORP DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN


      THIS TRUST AGREEMENT UNDER PACIFIC CAPITAL BANCORP  DEFERRED  COMPENSATION
PLAN (the "Agreement") is made and entered into, effective on the date set forth
below,  by  and  between  PACIFIC  CAPITAL  BANCORP,  a  California  corporation
("Pacific Capital" or "Employer"),  and SANTA BARBARA BANK & TRUST, a California
corporation ("Trustee"), with reference to the following facts:

      RECITALS:

      A. Pacific  Capital is the owner of all the  outstanding  capital stock of
certain  "Affiliates," as defined below, and has adopted that certain  "Deferred
Compensation  Plan"  effective as of December 15, 1999 (the "Plan"),  to provide
deferred  compensation  benefits  to a select  group  of  management  or  highly
compensated employees of Pacific Capital and those Affiliates.

      B. Pacific  Capital has incurred  liability,  and expects to incur further
liability,  under the  terms of the Plan,  and it is the  intention  of  Pacific
Capital to make contributions to the Trust in order to provide a source of funds
to assist Pacific Capital in meeting its liabilities under the Plan.

      C. Pacific  Capital  wishes to establish a trust  (hereinafter  called the
"Trust") and Pacific  Capital intends to contribute to the Trust and "Subtrusts"
hereunder  certain  assets that shall be held therein,  subject to the claims of
the  creditors  of  Pacific  Capital  or  such  Affiliate  in the  event  of the
"Insolvency"  (as herein  defined) of Pacific  Capital or such Affiliate (as the
case may be) which employs any  Participant,  until paid to  participants in the
Plan (the  "Participants") in such manner and at such time specified in the Plan
document.

      D. It is the  intention of Pacific  Capital and each  Affiliate  that this
Trust shall  constitute an unfunded  arrangement and shall not affect the status
of the Plan as an unfunded plan for the payment of deferred compensation.

      AGREEMENTS:

      NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto do hereby establish the Trust and agree
that the Trust shall be comprised, held, and disposed of as follows:

1.    DEFINITIONS

      For purposes of this Agreement:

1.1 "Acquired Company Deferred  Compensation  Plans" shall mean (a) that certain
Executive  Compensation Deferral Plan sponsored by South Valley National Bank, a
California corporation,  pursuant to certain resolutions adopted by the Board of
Directors  of South  Valley  National  Bank as of March 24,  1998,  and (b) that
certain Executive Compensation Deferral Plan sponsored by First National Bank of
Central  California as adopted by the Board of Directors of First  National Bank
of Central  California  as of March 24,  1998,  and (c) that  certain  Executive
Compensation  Deferral Plan formerly  sponsored by Pacific  Capital  Bancorp,  a
California  corporation  that was  acquired by Employer  in a  transaction  that
closed effective December 30, 1998, as adopted by the Board of Directors of such
corporation as of March 24, 1998.

1.2   "Affiliate" means all the outstanding  capital stock which is
owned by Employer.

1.3 "Insolvency"  means that the Participating  Company (a) is unable to pay its
debts as they become due,  or (b) is subject to a pending  proceeding  as debtor
under the United States Bankruptcy Code, as amended.

1.4 "Pacific Capital" means PACIFIC CAPITAL BANCORP,  a California  corporation,
which is the sponsor and a trustor of this Trust.

1.5   "Participant"  shall have the  meaning  ascribed to such term
in the Plan.

1.6   "Participating  Company" shall mean Pacific  Capital and each
Affiliate.

1.7  "Participating  Company Trust" shall mean a separate Trust  established for
Pacific  Capital and for each of its  Affiliates  which employs a Participant in
the Plan on whose behalf contributions are made to this Trust.

1.8 "Plan" means the Pacific Capital Bancorp  Deferred  Compensation  Plan dated
effective December 15, 1999, as amended from time to time.

1.9 "Subtrust" shall mean a separate  subtrust  established for each Participant
pursuant to Section 3.3, below.

Each other  capitalized  term which appears in this Agreement and is not defined
herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Plan.

2.    ESTABLISHMENT OF TRUST

2.1 Deposit.  Pacific  Capital hereby  deposits with Trustee in trust the sum of
One Dollar  ($1.00),  which shall become the  principal of the Trust to be held,
administered,  and  disposed  of by  the  Trustee  as  provided  in  this  Trust
Agreement.

2.2   Irrevocable.   The   Trust   hereby   established   shall  be
irrevocable by any Participating Company.

2.3 Grantor Trust. The Trust is intended to be a grantor trust, of which Pacific
Capital and each  Affiliate,  in each instance as an  Participating  Company and
only to the extent of contributions  actually made by the Participating Company,
is the grantor,  within the meaning of Subpart E, Part I,  Subchapter J, Chapter
1,  Subtitle A of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended,  and shall be
construed accordingly.

3.    FUNDING

3.1   Contributions.

3.1.1 Amount. Each Participating Company shall contribute to the Trust an amount
equal  to the  amount  deferred  for the  Plan  Year by each  Participant.  Each
Participating   Company  may  also  contribute  cash  to  the  Trust  an  amount
approximately  equal to the "cost of  insurance"  (as  defined in the  pertinent
insurance  policy owned by the  Participating  Company Trust) needed to fund the
death  benefits  described  in  Section  4.2.4 of the Plan;  provided  that such
obligation  shall  not  apply  with  respect  to  any  insurance  policy  if the
Administrator  has  directed  the  Trustee  to  discontinue  such  policy.   The
Administrator  may direct the Trustee to discontinue  the policy for any reason,
without  regard to whether  Section  4.2.4 of the Plan is in  effect,  whether a
policy has been issued on the Participant or otherwise.

3.1.2  Principal  and  Income.   Except  as  otherwise   provided  herein,   all
contributions  received  pursuant to Section  3.1.1,  above,  together  with the
income  therefrom  and  any  increment  thereon,  shall  be  held,  managed  and
administered by Trustee as a  Participating  Company Trust pursuant to the terms
of this Trust Agreement without distinction between principal and income.

3.1.3 Trust Assets. The principal of the Trust and any earnings thereon shall be
held separate and apart from other funds of  Participating  Company and shall be
used  exclusively  for the uses and  purposes of Plan  Participants  and general
creditors as herein set forth. Trust  Beneficiaries shall not have any preferred
claim on, or any beneficial ownership interest in, any assets of the Trust prior
to the time such assets are paid to Trust  Beneficiaries as benefits as provided
in Section 4, below,  and all rights created under this Trust Agreement shall be
mere  unsecured   contractual   rights  of  Trust   Beneficiaries   against  the
Participating  Company or  Participating  Company Trust.  Any assets held by the
Trust  will be  subject to the  claims of the  Participating  Company's  general
creditors  under  federal  and state law in the event of the  Insolvency  of the
Participating  Company,  provided however, that the only Trust Assets subject to
the claims of a Participating Employee's general creditors shall be those assets
allocated to the Participating  Company Trust maintained for such  Participating
Company.

3.2   Participating Company Trusts.

3.2.1  Creation.  The Trustee shall establish a separate  Participating  Company
Trust for each Participating Company and credit the amount of contributions made
by each  Participating  Company  to that  Participating  Company's  Trust.  Each
Participating Company Trust shall reflect a Participating  Company's interest in
the assets of the Trust Fund and shall not require any segregation of particular
assets.

3.2.2 Asset  Rollovers.  In addition  to holding in such  Participating  Company
Trusts the contributions made thereto by the Participating  Company from time to
time, the Trustee shall deposit into each such Participating  Company Trusts the
amounts  designated by the Participating  Company as rollover assets from trusts
that were created under any Acquired  Company Plan to hold assets  corresponding
to the accounts of those  participants  under such  Acquired  Company Plans who,
pursuant to Section 2.6 of the Plan,  have  elected to  rollover  their  account
balances from an Acquired Company Plan to the Plan.

3.2.3  Allocations.  Following  the  allocation  of assets to the  Participating
Company  Trusts  pursuant to Section  3.2.1,  above,  the Trustee shall allocate
investment earnings and losses of the Trust Fund among the Participating Company
Trusts in accordance with Section 7.2,  below,  and as directed by the Employer.
Payments to general  creditors  pursuant  to Section 5, below,  shall be charged
against the particular Participating Company Trust and not the Trust as a whole.

3.3 Subtrusts.  If directed by the Administrator,  the Trustee shall establish a
separate  Subtrust for a Participant and credit the amount of such  contribution
to that  Participant's  Subtrust.  Each  Subtrust  shall  reflect an  individual
interest in the assets of the Trust fund and shall not  require any  segregation
of particular assets.

3.3.1  Allocations.  Following the allocation of assets to Subtrusts pursuant to
this Section 3.3, the Trustee shall allocate  investment  earnings and losses of
the Trust fund among the Subtrusts in accordance  with Section 7, below,  and as
directed by Company. Payments to general creditors pursuant to Section 5, below,
shall be charged against the Subtrusts in proportion to their account  balances,
except  that the payment of  benefits  to a Trust  Beneficiary  shall be charged
against the Subtrust established or maintained for such Trust Beneficiary.

3.3.2 Allocations to Subtrust. Amounts allocated to a Participant's Subtrust may
not be utilized to pay benefits to another  Participant  (or to a Beneficiary of
another Participant).  Following payment of a Participant's entire benefit under
the Plan, including payment of a non-scheduled  in-service distribution pursuant
to Section  6.2.3 of the Plan  (whether by the Trustee  pursuant to the terms of
this  Trust  Agreement  or by  the  Participating  Company  or by a  combination
thereof),  any amounts remaining allocated to that Participant's  Subtrust shall
be  transferred  by the  Trustee  to  the  Participating  Company.  In  lieu  of
transferring  such amounts,  the  Administrator may direct the Trustee to retain
and allocate  such amounts in the Trust in accordance  with Section 7.3,  below.
Following  payment of a Participant's  entire benefit under the Plan,  including
payment of under Section  6.2.3 of the Plan (whether by the Trustee  pursuant to
the  terms of this  Trust  Agreement  or by the  Participating  Company  or by a
combination  thereof),  any life  insurance  policy  held with  respect  to such
Participant shall be transferred by the Trustee to the Participating Company. In
lieu of  transferring  the  policy,  the  Committee  may direct  the  Trustee to
designate a new beneficiary  (which may be the Participating  Company) under the
policy or cash in the  applicable  Policy and cause such proceeds to be retained
in Trust and allocated in accordance with Section 7.3, below.

4.    PAYMENTS TO PARTICIPANTS AND BENEFICIARIES

4.1 Payment  Schedule.  Pacific  Capital shall deliver to the Trustee a schedule
(the  "Payment  Schedule")  that  (a)  indicates  the  amounts  payable  to each
Participant and  Beneficiary,  and (b) provides a formula or other  instructions
acceptable  to the Trustee for  determining  the amount so payable,  the form in
which such amount is to be paid (as provided  for or available  under the Plan),
and the time for  commencement  of payment of such amounts.  Except as otherwise
provided in this Agreement,  the Trustee shall make payments to the Participants
and  Beneficiaries in accordance with such Payment  Schedule.  If Subtrusts have
been  established  for  Participants,   then  the  payment  being  made  to  any
Participant  (or  his  beneficiary)  shall  be made  solely  from  the  Subtrust
established  for the  benefit  of  such  Participant.  The  Trustee  shall  make
provisions  for the reporting  and  withholding  of any federal,  state or local
taxes that may be required to be  withheld  with  respect to the payment of such
amounts  pursuant  to  the  Plan  and  shall  pay  amounts  so  withheld  to the
appropriate  taxing  authorities  or  determine  that  such  amounts  have  been
reported, withheld and paid by Pacific Capital.

4.2  Determination  of  Entitlement.  The  entitlement of a Participant  (or the
Participant's  Beneficiaries)  to payments under the Plan shall be determined by
Pacific Capital or such party as Pacific Capital shall designate under the Plan,
and any claim for such  payments  shall be  considered  and  reviewed  under the
procedures set out in the Plan.

4.3 Payments by Participating  Company. A Participating Company may make payment
directly to the Participants and  Beneficiaries of amounts that become due under
the terms of the Plan. The Participating Company shall notify the Trustee of its
decision to make  payment of  benefits  directly  prior to the time  amounts are
payable to Participants and their Beneficiaries.  In addition,  if the principal
of the Trust,  and any earnings  thereon,  are not sufficient to make payment of
benefits  in  accordance  with the  terms of the  Plan,  then the  Participating
Company  shall make the  balance of each such  payment  as it becomes  due.  The
Trustee  shall notify the  Participating  Company  whenever the principal of the
Trust and earnings thereon are not sufficient to make required payments.

5.    PAYMENTS UPON PARTICIPATING COMPANY INSOLVENCY

5.1 Insolvent. If any Participating Company becomes Insolvent,  then the Trustee
shall cease making payments to any Participants (and their  Beneficiaries)  from
the  Participating  Company  Trust  maintained  on behalf of such  Participating
Company.

5.2 Claims of General  Creditors.  At all times during the  continuance  of this
Trust,  the  principal and income of each  Participating  Company Trust shall be
subject  under  federal and state law to the extent set forth below to claims of
general   creditors   of  the   Participating   Company  on  whose  behalf  such
Participating Company Trust is maintained.

5.2.1 Notice to Trustee.  The Board of Trustees and the Chief Executive  Officer
of each  Participating  Company  shall have the duty to inform the  Trustee,  in
writing, if such Participating Company becomes Insolvent.

5.2.2  Claim  by  Creditor.  If  a  person  claiming  to  be  a  creditor  of  a
Participating Employer alleges in writing to the Trustee that such Participating
Company has become  Insolvent,  then the Trustee  shall  determine  whether such
Participating Company is Insolvent and, pending such determination,  the Trustee
shall   discontinue   payment  of  benefits  to  the  Participants   (and  their
Beneficiaries) on whose behalf such Participating  Company made contributions to
the Trust.

5.3 Trustee Inquiries and Reliance. Unless the Trustee has actual knowledge of a
Participating Company's Insolvency,  or has received notice from a Participating
Company  or a  person  claiming  to be a  creditor  of a  Participating  Company
alleging that such Participating Company is Insolvent, the Trustee shall have no
duty to inquire whether a Participating Company is Insolvent. The Trustee in all
events may rely on such evidence  concerning a Participating  Company's solvency
that is furnished to the Trustee and that provides the Trustee with a reasonable
basis for making a determination regarding a Participating Company's solvency.

5.4  Disposition  of Assets.  If at any time the Trustee has  determined  that a
Participating Company is Insolvent,  then the Trustee shall discontinue payments
from the Participating Company Trust maintained for such Participating Company.

5.4.1 Status of  Participants.  Nothing in this Trust Agreement in any way shall
diminish  any rights of  Participants  and their  Beneficiaries  to pursue their
rights as general creditors of any Insolvent  Participating Company with respect
to benefits due under the Plan or otherwise.

5.4.2  Resumption of Payments.  The Trustee shall resume the payment of benefits
to Participants  (and their  Beneficiaries) in accordance with Section 4 of this
Agreement only after the Trustee has determined that the Insolvent Participating
Company is not Insolvent (or is no longer Insolvent).

5.5  Post-Insolvency  Payment.  Provided that there are sufficient assets in the
pertinent  Participating  Company Trust, if the Trustee discontinues the payment
of  benefits  from the Trust  pursuant  to  Sections  5.1 or 5.2.2,  above,  and
thereafter  resumes  such  payments,  then  the  first  payment  following  such
discontinuance  shall  include  the  aggregate  amount  of all  payments  due to
Participants and their Beneficiaries for the period of such discontinuance, less
the  aggregate   amount  of  any  payments  made  to   Participants   and  their
Beneficiaries  in lieu of the payments  provided for  hereunder  during any such
period of discontinuance.

6.    PAYMENTS TO PARTICIPATING COMPANIES

      Except as provided in Section 5, above,  neither  Pacific  Capital nor any
other Participating  Company shall have any right or power to direct the Trustee
to return to any such  entity  or to  divert to others  any of the Trust  assets
before  all  payment  of  benefits  have  been  made to  Participants  and their
Beneficiaries pursuant to the terms of the Plan.

7.    INVESTMENT AUTHORITY

7.1  Investment.  The  Trustee  shall  invest  the assets of the Trust (and each
Subtrust, if any) in such stock,  securities,  obligations,  and other assets as
Pacific Capital shall direct from time to time, provided,  in no event shall the
Trustee  invest in securities or  obligations  issued by Pacific  Capital (other
than an amounts  held in common  investment  vehicles  in which the  Trustee may
invest).  All rights  associated  with assets of the Trust shall be exercised by
the  Trustee or the person  designated  by the Trustee in such manner as Pacific
Capital shall direct, but in no event shall any such rights be exercisable by or
rest with Plan Participants.

7.2 Disposition of Income and Losses.  Subject to Section 7.3, below, all income
received by the Trust, net of expenses, shall be accumulated and reinvested. Any
income or loss  attributable to the amount  credited to a Participating  Company
Trust in accordance with Section 3.1.2,  above,  and any income or loss thereon,
shall be credited to such  Participating  Company Trust and reinvested  therein.
Any income or loss attributable to the amount credited to a Subtrust pursuant to
Section 3.3,  above,  and the income or loss  thereon,  shall be credited to and
reinvested in such Subtrust.

7.3 Excess  Assets.  If any assets remain in a Subtrust after death benefits are
paid to a  Beneficiary  in  accordance  with the terms of the Plan,  such excess
assets  which  remain  in the  Trust  shall be  allocated  to the  Participating
Company's Trust in such manner as the Administrator may designate.

8.    DISPOSITION OF INCOME

      During the term of this Trust,  all income  received by the Trust,  net of
expenses and taxes, shall be accumulated and reinvested.

9.    ACCOUNTING BY TRUSTEE

      The Trustee shall keep accurate and detailed  records of all  investments,
receipts,  disbursements,  and  all  other  transactions  required  to be  made,
including  such  specific  records  as shall be agreed  upon in  writing  by the
Trustee and Pacific Capital.  Within forty-five (45) days following the close of
each  calendar  year and  within  forty-five  (45)  days  after the  removal  or
resignation  of the  Trustee,  the Trustee  shall  deliver to Pacific  Capital a
written  account of its  administration  of the Trust during such year or during
the period from the close of the last preceding year to the date of such removal
or resignation,  setting forth all  investments,  receipts,  disbursements,  and
other transactions effected by it, including a description of all securities and
investments  purchased and sold with the cost or net proceeds of such  purchases
or sales  (including  interest paid or receivable being shown  separately),  and
showing all cash, securities, and other property held in the Trust at the end of
such year or as of the date of such removal or resignation, as the case may be.

10.   RESPONSIBILITY OF TRUSTEE

10.1 Standard of Care. The Trustee shall act with the care, skill,  prudence and
diligence under the  circumstances  then prevailing that a prudent person acting
in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an
enterprise of a like character and with like aims, provided,  however,  that the
Trustee shall incur no liability to any person for any action taken  pursuant to
a direction,  request or approval given by Pacific Capital which is contemplated
by, and in conformity with, the terms of the Plan or this Agreement and is given
in writing by Pacific Capital. In the event of a dispute between Pacific Capital
and any other party  regarding  the amount  payable,  the Trustee may apply to a
court of competent jurisdiction to resolve the dispute.

10.2  Attorneys'  Fees.  If the Trustee  undertakes  or defends  any  litigation
arising in connection with this Trust,  then Pacific Capital agrees to indemnify
the Trustee against the Trustee's costs, expenses,  and liabilities  (including,
without  limitation,  attorneys' fees and expenses) relating thereto,  and to be
primarily liable for such payments.  If Pacific Capital does not pay such costs,
expenses,  and  liabilities  within  sixty  (60)  days of  demand  therefor  and
presentation  of an  invoice  by the  person  to whom  the  payment  was made or
incurred, then the Trustee may obtain payment of the same from the Trust assets.

10.3 Agents. The Trustee may consult with legal counsel (who also may be counsel
for Pacific Capital  generally) with respect to any of its duties or obligations
under this  Agreement.  The Trustee  may hire  agents,  accountants,  actuaries,
investment advisors,  financial consultants, or other professionals to assist in
the performance of any of its duties or obligations under this Agreement.

10.4 Powers.  Subject to Section 10.5,  below,  the Trustee shall have,  without
exclusion all powers  conferred on Trustee by applicable law,  unless  expressly
provided otherwise in this Agreement,  provided,  however,  that if an insurance
policy is held as an asset of the Trust, then the Trustee shall have no power to
name a  beneficiary  of the policy  other than the Trust or to assign the policy
(as distinct from  conversion of the policy to a different form) other than to a
successor  trustee,  or to loan to any  person  the  proceeds  of any  borrowing
against such policy.

10.5  Limitation on Powers.  Notwithstanding  any powers  granted to the Trustee
pursuant to this  Agreement or  applicable  law, the Trustee  shall not have any
power that could give this Trust the  objective  of carrying  on a business  and
dividing the gains  therefrom,  within the meaning of Section  301.7701-2 of the
Procedure and Administrative  Regulations  promulgated  pursuant to the Internal
Revenue Code.

11.   COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES OF TRUSTEE

      Pacific Capital shall pay all  administrative and Trustee's  expenses.  If
such  fees  and  expenses  are  not  paid  within  forty-five  (45)  days  after
presentation  of an invoice  therefor,  then the amount of the fees and expenses
shall be paid from the Trust assets.

12.   RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL OF TRUSTEE

12.1  Resignation.  The  Trustee  may  resign at any time by  written  notice to
Pacific Capital, which shall be effective thirty (30) days after receipt of such
notice  by  Pacific  Capital,  unless  Pacific  Capital  and the  Trustee  agree
otherwise.

12.2  Removal.  The Trustee may be removed by Pacific  Capital  upon thirty (30)
days' notice or upon shorter notice accepted by Trustee.

12.3  Transfer  of Assets.  Upon the  resignation  or removal of the Trustee and
appointment of a successor  Trustee,  all assets of the Trust shall subsequently
be transferred to the successor Trustee.  The transfer shall be completed within
forty-five  (45)  days  after  receipt  of notice of  resignation,  removal,  or
transfer unless Pacific Capital extends such time limit.

12.4 Successor.  If the Trustee resigns or is removed, then a successor shall be
appointed,  in accordance with Section 13, below, prior to the effective date of
such  resignation  or removal  under  Sections 12.4 or 12.2,  above.  If no such
appointment has been made by such time, then the Trustee may apply to a court of
competent  jurisdiction for appointment of a successor or for instructions.  All
expenses of the Trustee in connection with such  proceeding  shall be allowed as
administrative expenses of the Trust.

13.   APPOINTMENT OF SUCCESSOR

13.1  Appointment.  If the  Trustee  resigns or is removed  in  accordance  with
Sections 12.1 or 12.2,  above, then Pacific Capital may appoint any third party,
such as a bank or trust department or other party that may be granted  corporate
trustee  powers  under  state law, as a  successor  to replace the Trustee  upon
resignation  and removal.  The  appointment  shall be effective when accepted in
writing  by the new  Trustee,  who shall  have all the  rights and powers of the
former  Trustee,  including  ownership  rights in the Trust  assets.  The former
Trustee  shall  execute any  instrument  necessary  or  reasonably  requested by
Pacific Capital or the successor Trustee to evidence the transfer.

13.2  Examination  and  Indemnity.  The  successor  Trustee need not examine the
records and acts of any prior  Trustee and  (subject to the express  limitations
imposed by this  Agreement) may retain or dispose of existing Trust assets.  The
successor  Trustee  shall  not be  responsible  for and  Pacific  Capital  shall
indemnify  and  defend  the  successor  Trustee  from,  any  claim or  liability
resulting  from any action or  inaction  of any prior  Trustee or from any other
past event, or any condition existing at the time it becomes successor Trustee.

14.   AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION

14.1 Amendment.  This Agreement may be amended by a written instrument  executed
by the Trustee and  Pacific  Capital.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  no such
amendment  shall conflict with the terms of the Plan or make the Trust revocable
after it has become irrevocable.

14.2  Termination.  The Trust shall not  terminate  until the date on which Plan
Participants and their Beneficiaries no longer are entitled to benefits pursuant
to the terms of the Plan. Upon termination of the Trust, any assets remaining in
the Trust shall be returned to Pacific Capital.

14.3  Ratification.  Upon written approval of Plan Participants or Beneficiaries
entitled to payment of Benefits  under the Plan,  Pacific  Capital may terminate
this Trust prior to the time all benefit payments under the Plan have been made.
All assets in the Trust at termination of the Trust shall be returned to Pacific
Capital.

15.   MISCELLANEOUS

15.1 Effect of Law. Any  provision  of this Trust  Agreement  prohibited  by law
shall be ineffective to the extent of any such prohibition, without invalidating
the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

15.2 Prohibition Against  Assignment.  Any benefits payable to Plan Participants
and their  Beneficiaries  pursuant  to this  Agreement  may not be  anticipated,
assigned  (either  at law  or in  equity),  alienated,  pledged,  encumbered  or
subjected  to  attachment,  garnishment,  levy,  execution  or  other  legal  or
equitable process.

15.3  Governing  Law.  This  Agreement  shall be governed by and is
construed  in  accordance  with the  terms of the laws of the State
of California.

16.   EFFECTIVE DATE

      The effective date of this Agreement shall be December 15, 1999.

      IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have  executed  this  Agreement,
effective on the date set forth above.

      "PACIFIC CAPITAL:"

PACIFIC CAPITAL BANCORP, a California corporation

By:___________________________________
      Jay D. Smith, Senior Vice President

- - - - - - - --------------------------------------
      Date


      "TRUSTEE:"

SANTA BARBARA BANK & TRUST, a California corporation

By:_____________________________________
      Name & Title:

- - - - - - - ----------------------------------------
      Date
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 23.1
Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP with respect to financial statements of the
Registrant




CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS




As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the incorporation of our
report dated February 4, 2000,  included in this Form 10-K,  into the previously
filed Form S-8 Registration Statements,  File Nos. 33-5493,  2-83293,  33-43560,
33-48724,  333-05117,   333-05119  and  333-74831  of  Pacific  Capital  Bancorp
(formerly known as Santa Barbara Bancorp) and subsidiaries.





Los Angeles, California
March 21, 2000
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 23.2
Consent of KPMG LLP with respect to the financial statements of the Registrant.





The Board of Directors
Pacific Capital Bancorp:

We consent to  incorporation  by reference in the  registration  statement  Nos.
33-5493, 2-83293,  33-43560,  33-48724,  333-05117,  333-05119, and 333-74831 on
Form S-8 of Pacific Capital Bancorp and subsidiaries of our report dated January
23, 1998,  relating to the consolidated  statements of income,  shareholders'
equity, and cash flows for the year ended  December 31,  1997,  of the
predecessor  Pacific Capital  Bancorp  (prior to its merger into Santa Barbara
Bancorp) which report appears in the December 31, 1999,  annual report on Form
10-K of the new Pacific Capital Bancorp.




Mountain View, California
March 20, 2000





<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>                                                  9
<MULTIPLIER>                                           1,000

<S>                                               <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                                     YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                                 DEC-31-1999
<PERIOD-END>                                      DEC-31-1999
<CASH>                                               121,500
<INT-BEARING-DEPOSITS>                                     0
<FED-FUNDS-SOLD>                                           0
<TRADING-ASSETS>                                           0
<INVESTMENTS-HELD-FOR-SALE>                          528,426
<INVESTMENTS-CARRYING>                               153,264
<INVESTMENTS-MARKET>                                 159,150
<LOANS>                                            1,981,879
<ALLOWANCE>                                           28,686
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                     2,879,282
<DEPOSITS>                                         2,440,181
<SHORT-TERM>                                          94,308
<LIABILITIES-OTHER>                                   25,220
<LONG-TERM>                                           85,000
<COMMON>                                               8,186
                                      0
                                                0
<OTHER-SE>                                           226,387
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES-AND-EQUITY>                     2,879,282
<INTEREST-LOAN>                                      164,572
<INTEREST-INVEST>                                     43,145
<INTEREST-OTHER>                                       3,926
<INTEREST-TOTAL>                                     211,643
<INTEREST-DEPOSIT>                                    61,300
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                    67,856
<INTEREST-INCOME-NET>                                143,787
<LOAN-LOSSES>                                          6,375
<SECURITIES-GAINS>                                      (286)
<EXPENSE-OTHER>                                      110,389
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                       68,641
<INCOME-PRE-EXTRAORDINARY>                            68,641
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                            0
<CHANGES>                                                  0
<NET-INCOME>                                          44,274
<EPS-BASIC>                                             1.81
<EPS-DILUTED>                                           1.79
<YIELD-ACTUAL>                                          5.54
<LOANS-NON>                                           14,152
<LOANS-PAST>                                              80
<LOANS-TROUBLED>                                          10
<LOANS-PROBLEM>                                       21,718
<ALLOWANCE-OPEN>                                      29,296
<CHARGE-OFFS>                                         12,277
<RECOVERIES>                                           5,324
<ALLOWANCE-CLOSE>                                     28,686
<ALLOWANCE-DOMESTIC>                                  28,686
<ALLOWANCE-FOREIGN>                                        0
<ALLOWANCE-UNALLOCATED>                                    0


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission